Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
8DG60888CAAA
Issue 1
June 2011
Legal notice
Legal notice
Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their respective
owners.
The information presented is subject to change without notice. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein.
Copyright 2011 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Conformance statements
In rare instances, unauthorized individuals make connections to the telecommunications network through the use of remote access features. In such an event,
applicable tariffs require that the customer pay all network charges for traffic. Alcatel-Lucent cannot be responsible for such charges and will not make any
allowance or give any credit for charges that result from unauthorized access.
Limited warranty
For terms and conditions of sale, contact your Alcatel-Lucent Account Team.
Ordering Information
For more ordering information, refer to "How to order" in the section titled "About this document."
Contents
About this document
Purpose ...................................................................................................................................................................................... xxxix
xxxix
Intended audience
................................................................................................................................................................. xxxix
xxxix
..................................................................................................................................................................... xl
xl
................................................................................................................................................... xli
xli
........................................................................................................................................................................ xli
xli
................................................................................................................................................................................. xli
xli
.......................................................................................................................... xlii
xliii
How to comment ....................................................................................................................................................................... xliii
1
.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-9
1-9
AIS - ODU
.................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-9
1-9
AIS - OTU
................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-10
1-10
1-10
ALLCHANMISS .................................................................................................................................................................... 1-10
1-11
ALLCHANMISSOUT .......................................................................................................................................................... 1-11
1-11
AMPDISABLED .................................................................................................................................................................... 1-11
APRLine
................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-12
1-12
APRNODE
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-13
1-13
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
iii
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
APROSC
.................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-13
1-13
APRSWITCH
.......................................................................................................................................................................... 1-14
1-14
............................................................................................................................................................................... 1-14
1-14
APRTOPO
APRUNAVAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................... 1-15
1-15
APRUNAVAILOSC
APSB
............................................................................................................................................................. 1-15
1-15
.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-16
1-16
1-16
APSCM ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-16
1-17
APSMM ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-17
AUTHFAIL
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-18
1-18
1-18
AUTORESET .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1-18
1-20
AUTOSWTIMREF ................................................................................................................................................................ 1-20
1-20
B1SD ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-20
1-21
BASELine ................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-21
BDI
.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-22
1-22
BDIEGR
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-23
1-23
1-23
BDIODU .................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-23
CARDINIT
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-25
1-25
CONFIGFAIL
......................................................................................................................................................................... 1-27
1-27
1-29
CONTCOM .............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-29
1-31
CONTEQPT ............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-31
1-32
CONTR ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-32
CONTR-OUT
.......................................................................................................................................................................... 1-32
1-32
1-33
CRDINIT ................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-33
DATAERR
............................................................................................................................................................................... 1-35
1-35
DATAFLT
................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-37
1-37
1-39
DBBKUP-IP ............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-39
DBFL
.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-39
1-39
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
iv
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DBFT
.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-40
1-40
DBINVALID
........................................................................................................................................................................... 1-40
1-40
DBMEMTRF
.......................................................................................................................................................................... 1-40
1-40
DBRSTR-IP
............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-41
1-41
1-41
DBUNSYNC ............................................................................................................................................................................ 1-41
DEGOTU
.................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-41
1-41
DISCOVERMOD
.................................................................................................................................................................. 1-42
1-42
1-44
DORMANTUSER ................................................................................................................................................................. 1-44
EBER
.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-44
1-44
1-45
EBER-O ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-45
ETHCSF
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-45
1-45
1-46
ENV [1-8] .................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-46
EQPT
.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-46
1-46
1-48
EQPTBOOT ............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-48
1-50
EQPTDGR ................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-50
EQPTDGROCH
..................................................................................................................................................................... 1-51
1-51
1-52
EQPTDGROCH-OUT .......................................................................................................................................................... 1-52
1-53
EQPTDGR-OUT .................................................................................................................................................................... 1-53
1-54
EQPTPORT .............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-54
1-55
EXCESSLOAD ....................................................................................................................................................................... 1-55
1-56
FACTERM-DEV .................................................................................................................................................................... 1-56
1-57
FANSPEEDHIGH .................................................................................................................................................................. 1-57
1-57
FANSPEEDLOW ................................................................................................................................................................... 1-57
1-58
FANSPEEDMAN ................................................................................................................................................................... 1-58
1-58
FECECSD ................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-58
FECUBCSD
FELANLFI
............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-58
1-58
............................................................................................................................................................................... 1-59
1-59
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
v
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FELANLOS
............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-60
1-60
FELANLSS
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-60
1-60
FELANRFI
............................................................................................................................................................................... 1-61
1-61
1-62
FELOS ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-62
FEPORTMISMATCH
FEPRLF
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1-62
1-62
..................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-63
1-63
FPGAFAIL
............................................................................................................................................................................... 1-63
1-63
FPGAINIT
................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-65
1-65
FPGATIMEOUT
.................................................................................................................................................................... 1-67
1-67
FRCDSWTIMREF
FRCDWKSWBK
................................................................................................................................................................ 1-69
1-69
................................................................................................................................................................... 1-69
1-69
1-70
FRCDWKSWPR .................................................................................................................................................................... 1-70
FRNGSYNC
............................................................................................................................................................................ 1-71
1-71
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
FWUPGRADEPENDING
............................................................................................................................................... 1-72
1-72
.................................................................................................................................................. 1-74
1-74
1-76
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT .......................................................................................................................................... 1-76
1-77
HIBER ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-77
HIGAIN
..................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-78
1-78
1-78
HLDOVRSYNC ..................................................................................................................................................................... 1-78
HWNOTSUPPORTED
INSERTMOD
........................................................................................................................................................ 1-79
1-79
.......................................................................................................................................................................... 1-79
1-79
1-81
INTTEMPHIGH ..................................................................................................................................................................... 1-81
1-83
INTTEMPLOW ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1-83
INTTEMPOPT
....................................................................................................................................................................... 1-85
1-85
1-86
INTRUSION ............................................................................................................................................................................ 1-86
INTRUSIONEVT
.................................................................................................................................................................. 1-86
1-86
INVALIDEGRESS
................................................................................................................................................................ 1-86
1-86
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
vi
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
INVALIDTHRESHOLD
..................................................................................................................................................... 1-87
1-87
1-87
INVENTORYERROR .......................................................................................................................................................... 1-87
LANLFI
..................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-89
1-89
LANLOS
................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-90
1-90
1-91
LANLSS .................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-91
1-92
LANRFI ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-92
LASEREOL
............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-92
1-92
1-93
LCK ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-93
1-94
LCKEGR ................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-94
LFD
............................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-94
1-94
LFIEGR
..................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-95
1-95
1-95
LINKDOWN ............................................................................................................................................................................ 1-95
1-96
LINKUP ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-96
LOAM
........................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-96
1-96
1-97
LOC ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-97
1-97
LOCKOUTOFPR ................................................................................................................................................................... 1-97
1-98
LOCKOUTOFTIMREF ....................................................................................................................................................... 1-98
LOF
............................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-98
1-98
1-100
LOFEGR ................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-100
1-101
LOF-O ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-101
LOGAIN
LOM
................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-102
1-102
......................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-103
1-103
1-104
LOS ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-104
1-108
LOSDCM ................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-108
1-108
LOSLDSig .............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-108
1-109
LOSOCM ................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-109
1-109
LOS-O ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-109
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
vii
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOS-OUT
............................................................................................................................................................................... 1-110
1-110
1-111
LOS-P ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-111
1-113
LPBKLine ............................................................................................................................................................................... 1-113
1-114
LPBKTERM .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1-114
1-115
LSPOW_ALM_W ............................................................................................................................................................... 1-115
1-115
LSTEMP_ALM_W ............................................................................................................................................................. 1-115
1-116
LSSEGR .................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-116
1-116
MAN ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-116
1-120
MANRESET .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1-120
MANSWTIMREF
............................................................................................................................................................... 1-122
1-122
1-122
MANSWTOINT ................................................................................................................................................................... 1-122
MANWKSWBK
.................................................................................................................................................................. 1-123
1-123
1-123
MANWKSWPR ................................................................................................................................................................... 1-123
MISMATCH
.......................................................................................................................................................................... 1-124
1-124
1-127
MISMATCHMOD ............................................................................................................................................................... 1-127
1-128
MIXEDPFUSED .................................................................................................................................................................. 1-128
1-128
MMG ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-128
1-128
MOD ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-128
MODOUTOOR
.................................................................................................................................................................... 1-129
1-129
MODOUTOOR
.................................................................................................................................................................... 1-130
1-130
MSIM
...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-130
1-130
1-130
MTCESURV .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1-130
MTCESURVDGR
............................................................................................................................................................... 1-131
1-131
1-132
NET ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-132
1-134
NOTALLOWED .................................................................................................................................................................. 1-134
1-134
NTPOOSYNC ....................................................................................................................................................................... 1-134
OAPUMPBIASCURRHIGH
.......................................................................................................................................... 1-134
1-134
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
viii
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................. 1-140
1-140
1-141
OCHTRAILUNKNOWN ................................................................................................................................................. 1-141
1-142
OCHUNKNOWN ................................................................................................................................................................ 1-142
1-143
OCHUNKNOWN-OUT .................................................................................................................................................... 1-143
1-144
OCI ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-144
1-145
OCIEGR .................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-145
1-145
OPR ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-145
1-146
OPRPWRHIGH .................................................................................................................................................................... 1-146
1-147
OPRPWRLOW ..................................................................................................................................................................... 1-147
OPRLOSSHIGH
.................................................................................................................................................................. 1-148
1-148
OPRLOSSLOW
................................................................................................................................................................... 1-148
1-148
OPROOR
................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-149
1-149
1-149
OPR-OUT ............................................................................................................................................................................... 1-149
OPRTX
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-150
1-150
1-151
OPRUNACHIEVE .............................................................................................................................................................. 1-151
1-152
OPTINTBASE ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1-152
1-152
OPTINTDET ......................................................................................................................................................................... 1-152
1-153
OPTINTSUSP ....................................................................................................................................................................... 1-153
OSCSSF
.................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-154
1-154
1-154
PCSGENERATOR .............................................................................................................................................................. 1-154
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
ix
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PLM
.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-155
1-155
PLMEGR
................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-156
1-156
1-156
PRCDRERR-TOPO ............................................................................................................................................................ 1-156
PWR
........................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-157
1-157
1-158
PWRADJCOMMS .............................................................................................................................................................. 1-158
1-158
PWRADJFAIL ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1-158
1-159
PWRADJREQ ....................................................................................................................................................................... 1-159
PWRMARGIN
..................................................................................................................................................................... 1-160
1-160
1-161
PWRMAXGAIN .................................................................................................................................................................. 1-161
1-161
PWRSUSP .............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-161
1-162
PWRTILTSUSP .................................................................................................................................................................... 1-162
RAMANSUSP (Raman Suppress - Line)
RCVROPTPROG
RDI
................................................................................................................... 1-163
1-163
............................................................................................................................................................... 1-163
1-163
........................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-164
1-164
REMOVEMOD
................................................................................................................................................................... 1-165
1-165
1-166
REPLUNITMISS ................................................................................................................................................................. 1-166
REPLUNITMISSMOD
..................................................................................................................................................... 1-170
1-170
1-171
RFIEGR ................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-171
RFIL
......................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-172
1-172
SDBER
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-172
1-172
1-173
SDBER (RS) .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1-173
SDEG-O
.................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-173
1-173
1-174
SDEGR .................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-174
SFMISMATCH
................................................................................................................................................................... 1-174
1-174
1-176
SLTMSIG ................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-176
1-176
SSF ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-176
SSFODU
................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-178
1-178
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
x
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SSFODUEGR
....................................................................................................................................................................... 1-179
1-179
............................................................................................................................................................................... 1-179
1-179
SWEQPT
SWFTDWN
........................................................................................................................................................................... 1-180
1-180
SWMTXMOD
...................................................................................................................................................................... 1-181
1-181
1-182
SWUPGCOMMIT ............................................................................................................................................................... 1-182
SWUPGFAIL
SYNCOOS
........................................................................................................................................................................ 1-183
1-183
............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-184
1-184
SYNCREFUNEQ
................................................................................................................................................................ 1-184
1-184
1-185
SYSBOOT .............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-185
TIM
........................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-185
1-185
TIMEGR
................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-186
1-186
TIMODU
................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-187
1-187
1-188
TRMT ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-188
1-188
TRMTMOD ........................................................................................................................................................................... 1-188
UNG/UNP
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-190
1-190
UNKNOWN
.......................................................................................................................................................................... 1-190
1-190
1-192
UNKNOWNMOD ............................................................................................................................................................... 1-192
1-194
UPM .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-194
1-194
USALS (rr) ............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-194
1-196
USLOS ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-196
USOCHCOLLISION
......................................................................................................................................................... 1-197
1-197
1-198
VCGLOA ................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-198
1-198
VCGSSF .................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-198
VOLTAGEHIGH
................................................................................................................................................................. 1-198
1-198
VOLTAGELOW
.................................................................................................................................................................. 1-200
1-200
1-202
VTSFDI ................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-202
VTSOCI
.................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-203
1-203
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xi
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-205
1-205
Trouble-clearing procedures
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-1
2-1
Safety statements
2-18
Structure of safety statements ............................................................................................................................................ 2-18
2-19
Safety precautions .................................................................................................................................................................. 2-19
AISL
2-20
AIS Line/MS ............................................................................................................................................................................ 2-20
Client Port AISL
..................................................................................................................................................................... 2-21
2-21
2-23
AIS - ODU ................................................................................................................................................................................ 2-23
AIS - OTU
................................................................................................................................................................................ 2-24
2-24
ALLCHANMISS
2-24
ALLCHANMISS (C-Band Loss of signal); ALLCHANMISS-OUT ................................................................. 2-24
ALLCHANMISS (C-Band Loss of signal)
.................................................................................................................. 2-26
2-26
ALLCHANMISS-OUT
2-26
ALLCHANMISS-OUT (C-Band Loss of signal) ....................................................................................................... 2-26
AMPDISABLED
2-29
AMPDISABLED (Amplifier Disabled) ......................................................................................................................... 2-29
APRLINE
APRLINE (APR Active - Line)
........................................................................................................................................ 2-30
2-30
APRNODE
2-32
APRNODE (APR Active - Node) .................................................................................................................................... 2-32
APROSC
2-32
APROSC (APR Limited - OSC SFP failure condition) ........................................................................................... 2-32
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xii
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
APRSWITCH
2-33
APRSWITCH (APR Active Port Switch) .................................................................................................................. 2-33
APRTOPO
2-34
APRTOPO (APR Active - Invalid Topology) .............................................................................................................. 2-34
APRUNAVAIL
APRUNAVAIL (APR unavailable - monitoring card booting)
............................................................................. 2-34
2-34
APRUNAVAILOSC
2-36
APRUNAVAILOSC (APR Limited - OSC SFP failure) .......................................................................................... 2-36
APSB
2-36
APSB (APS protection switching byte failure) ........................................................................................................... 2-36
APSCM
2-38
APSCM (APS Channel Mismatch) .................................................................................................................................. 2-38
APSMM
APSMM (APS Mode Mismatch)
..................................................................................................................................... 2-41
2-41
AUTHFAIL
AUTHFAIL (Authentication Failure)
............................................................................................................................. 2-43
2-43
AUTORESET
2-44
AUTORESET (Card Autonomous Reset) ..................................................................................................................... 2-44
AUTOSWTIMREF
2-45
AUTOSWTIMREF (Automatic Switch Timing Reference) .................................................................................. 2-45
B1SD
B1SD (B1 Signal Degrade)
................................................................................................................................................ 2-45
2-45
BASELINE
2-46
BASELINE ............................................................................................................................................................................... 2-46
BDI
2-47
Backward Defect Indication (BDI) - OTU .................................................................................................................... 2-47
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xiii
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BDIEGR
2-48
BDIEGR (Egress Backward Defect Indication - ODU) ........................................................................................... 2-48
BDIODU
2-49
Backward Defect Indication (BDI) - ODU ................................................................................................................... 2-49
CARDINIT
2-50
CARDINIT (Card Initializing) .......................................................................................................................................... 2-50
CONFIGFAIL
2-51
CONFIGFAIL (Line Card Configuration Failed) ....................................................................................................... 2-51
CONTCOM
CONTCOM (Card Failure - Communication)
............................................................................................................ 2-52
2-52
2-53
CONTCOM (Inter-shelf loss of communication) ....................................................................................................... 2-53
CONTEQPT
CONTEQPT (Card Failure - Device)
............................................................................................................................. 2-54
2-54
CONTR
2-55
CONTR (Port degrade - wavelength tracker failure) ................................................................................................ 2-55
CONTR-OUT
2-57
CONTR-OUT (Port degrade - wavelength tracker detection failure) ................................................................. 2-57
CRDINIT
2-58
CRDINIT (Card Identification Event) ............................................................................................................................ 2-58
DATAERR
2-59
DATAERR (Data Error or Timeout) ................................................................................................................................ 2-59
DATAFLT
2-60
DATAFLT (Card Provisioning Failure) .......................................................................................................................... 2-60
DBBKUP-IP
2-62
DBBKUP-IP (Database Backup In-Progress) .............................................................................................................. 2-62
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xiv
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DBFL
2-63
DBFL (DB Failure Local - copy creation of processing failure) .......................................................................... 2-63
DBFT
DBFT (DB Failure Transport - file transport failure)
............................................................................................... 2-63
2-63
DBINVALID
DBINVALID (Database invalid)
...................................................................................................................................... 2-64
2-64
DBMEMTRF
2-65
DBMEMTRF (Database synchronization failure) ..................................................................................................... 2-65
DBRSTR-IP
2-67
DBRSTR-IP (Database Restore In Progress) ............................................................................................................... 2-67
DBUNSYNC
2-68
DBUNSYNC (The active and standby Main EC databases are not synchronized) ....................................... 2-68
DEGOTU
2-68
DEGOTU (Signal Degrade - OTU) ................................................................................................................................. 2-68
DISCOVERMOD
2-69
DISCOVERMOD (Pluggable Module Discovered) .................................................................................................. 2-69
DORMANTUSER
DORMANTUSER (User inactive)
.................................................................................................................................. 2-71
2-71
ETHCSF
ETHCSF (Ethernet Client Signal Failure)
.................................................................................................................... 2-71
2-71
EQPT
2-72
EQPT (Card Failure - Device) ........................................................................................................................................... 2-72
2-73
EQPT (Card Failure - Device) ........................................................................................................................................... 2-73
EQPTBOOT
2-74
EQPTBOOT (Card failure - boot failure) ...................................................................................................................... 2-74
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xv
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EQPTDGR
2-75
EQPTDGR (Card Degrade - device) ............................................................................................................................... 2-75
2-77
EQPTDGR (Port Degrade - Wavelength Tracker Communication Failure) ..................................................... 2-77
EQPTDGROCH
EQPTDGROCH (Port Degrade - Wavelength Tracker Communication Failure)
......................................... 2-78
2-78
EQPTDGR-OUT
2-80
EQPTDGR-OUT (Port Degrade - Wavelength Tracker Communication Failure) ......................................... 2-80
EQPTDGROCH-OUT
EQPTDGROCH-OUT (Port Degrade - Wavelength Tracker Communication Failure)
.............................. 2-81
2-81
EQPTPORT
EQPTPORT (Port Failure - Device):
.............................................................................................................................. 2-83
2-83
EBER
2-84
EBER (Excessive BER) ....................................................................................................................................................... 2-84
2-86
EBER-O (Optical Supervision Channel Excessive BER) ....................................................................................... 2-86
ENV
2-88
ENV (Environmental Input [1-8] active) ....................................................................................................................... 2-88
EXCESSLOAD
EXCESSLOAD (Excessive Current Load)
.................................................................................................................. 2-88
2-88
FACTERM-DEV
2-89
FACTERM-DEV (Pluggable Module SEEP Failure) ............................................................................................... 2-89
FANSPEEDHIGH
FANSPEEDHIGH (Fan Speed is too high)
.................................................................................................................. 2-90
2-90
FANSPEEDLOW
2-91
FANSPEEDLOW (Fan speed is too low) ...................................................................................................................... 2-91
FANSPEEDMAN
2-92
FANSPEEDMAN (Fan speed manually set to maximum) ..................................................................................... 2-92
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xvi
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FECECSD
FECECSD (Pre-FEC Signal Degrade)
........................................................................................................................... 2-93
2-93
FECUBCSD
FECUBCSD (Post-FEC Signal Degrade)
..................................................................................................................... 2-93
2-93
FELANLFI
2-94
FELANLFI (Far End Local Fault) ................................................................................................................................... 2-94
FELANLOS
FELANLOS (Far End Loss of Signal)
.......................................................................................................................... 2-95
2-95
FELANLSS
FELANLSS (Far End Loss of Synchronization)
....................................................................................................... 2-96
2-96
FELANRFI
2-97
FELANRFI (Far End Remote Fault) ............................................................................................................................... 2-97
FELOS
FELOS (Far End Loss of Synchronization)
................................................................................................................ 2-97
2-97
FEPORTMISMATCH
FEPORTMISMATCH (Far End Port Mapping Mismatch)
.................................................................................... 2-98
2-98
FEPRLF
2-99
FEPRLF (Far End Protection Line Failure) .................................................................................................................. 2-99
FPGAFAIL
2-100
FPGAFAIL (FPGA Download or Programming Failure) ..................................................................................... 2-100
FPGAINIT
2-101
FPGAINIT (FPGA Initializing) ...................................................................................................................................... 2-101
FPGATIMEOUT
FPGATIMEOUT (FPGA Timeout)
............................................................................................................................... 2-102
2-102
FRCDSWTIMREF
2-102
FRCDSWTIMREF (Forced Switch Timing Reference) ........................................................................................ 2-102
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xvii
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FRCDWKSWBK
FRCDWKSWBK (Forced switch to working)
......................................................................................................... 2-103
2-103
FRCDWKSWPR
2-104
FRCDWKSWPR (Forced switch to protection) ....................................................................................................... 2-104
FRNGSYNC
FRNGSYNC (System clock is in free running synchronization mode)
.......................................................... 2-105
2-105
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE (Firmware on this pack is about to become obsolete with the software
2-106
release upgrade) ............................................................................................................................................................ 2-106
FWUPGRADEPENDING
FWUPGRADEPENDING (Firmware upgrade pending)
..................................................................................... 2-106
2-106
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT (Firmware version on this pack is not the default version for this
2-108
software release) .......................................................................................................................................................... 2-108
HIBER
2-109
HIBER (High BER) ............................................................................................................................................................ 2-109
HIGAIN
2-110
HIGAIN (Amplifier Out of Operational Range: Gain too High) ....................................................................... 2-110
HLDOVRSYNC
2-112
HLDOVRSYNC (System timing is in autonomous holdover synchronization mode) .............................. 2-112
HWNOTSUPPORTED
HWNOTSUPPORTED (Hardware not supported for current configuration)
............................................... 2-112
2-112
INSERTMOD
2-113
INSERTMOD (Pluggable Module Inserted) .............................................................................................................. 2-113
INTTEMPHIGH
2-114
INTTEMP (Card over temperature) .............................................................................................................................. 2-114
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xviii
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
INTTEMPLOW
INTTEMPLOW (Card under temperature)
................................................................................................................ 2-114
2-114
INTTEMPOPT
2-115
INTTEMP (Optics over temperature) ........................................................................................................................... 2-115
INTRUSION
INTRUSION
......................................................................................................................................................................... 2-116
2-116
........................................................................................ 2-117
2-117
INVALIDEGRESS
2-118
INVALIDEGRESS (Invalid or no egress port defined) ......................................................................................... 2-118
INVALIDTHRESHOLD
2-118
INVALIDTHRESHOLD ................................................................................................................................................... 2-118
INVENTORYERROR
2-119
INVENTORYERROR (Card Inventory Error) ......................................................................................................... 2-119
LANLFI
LANLFI (Local Fault)
....................................................................................................................................................... 2-120
2-120
LANLOS
LANLOS (LAN port LOS)
.............................................................................................................................................. 2-121
2-121
LANLSS
2-122
LANLSS (Loss of Synchronization) ............................................................................................................................. 2-122
LANRFI
2-124
LANRFI (Remote Fault Indication) .............................................................................................................................. 2-124
LASEREOL
2-125
LASEREOL (Laser end of life) ...................................................................................................................................... 2-125
LCK
2-126
LCK (Locked - OTU) ......................................................................................................................................................... 2-126
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xix
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LCKEGR
2-127
LCKEGR (Egress Locked - ODU) ................................................................................................................................ 2-127
LFD
LFD (GFP Loss of Frame Delineation)
...................................................................................................................... 2-128
2-128
LFIEGR
2-129
LFIEGR (Remote Client Local Fault) .......................................................................................................................... 2-129
LINKDOWN
2-129
LINKDOWN (Link down) ............................................................................................................................................... 2-129
LINKUP
2-131
LINKUP (Link Up) ............................................................................................................................................................. 2-131
LOAM
2-132
LOAM (Loss of Alignment Marker Lock) ................................................................................................................. 2-132
LOC
2-132
LOC (Loss of Continuity) ................................................................................................................................................. 2-132
LOCKOUTOFPR
2-133
LOCKOUTOFPR (Lockout of protection) ................................................................................................................. 2-133
LOCKOUTOFTIMREF
.................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-135
2-135
LOF
2-135
LOF (Loss Of Frame) ......................................................................................................................................................... 2-135
2-137
Transponder Client Port Loss of Frame ....................................................................................................................... 2-137
Transponder Network Port Loss of Frame
LOF-O (Incoming SUPVY LOF)
................................................................................................................. 2-139
2-139
.................................................................................................................................. 2-142
2-142
LOFEGR
LOFEGR (Loss of Frame Egress)
................................................................................................................................. 2-144
2-144
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xx
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOGAIN
2-145
LOGAIN (Amplifier out of operational range - amplifier gain too low) ........................................................ 2-145
LOM
2-146
LOM (Loss of Multiframe - OTU) ................................................................................................................................ 2-146
LOS
2-148
LOS (Loss of Signal) .......................................................................................................................................................... 2-148
2-150
LOS (Channel Absent) ....................................................................................................................................................... 2-150
LD Input LOS
....................................................................................................................................................................... 2-153
2-153
2-155
CWR Input LOS ................................................................................................................................................................... 2-155
2-157
LOS (Loss of signal) ........................................................................................................................................................... 2-157
Input LOS
............................................................................................................................................................................... 2-160
2-160
.................................................................................................................................................................. 2-161
2-161
LOSDCM
2-162
LOSDCM (From DCM Input LOS) .............................................................................................................................. 2-162
LOSLDSIG
2-164
LOSLDSIG (LD SIG Input LOS) .................................................................................................................................. 2-164
LOSOCM
2-166
LOSOCM (WTOCM Input LOS) .................................................................................................................................. 2-166
LOS-O
LOS-O (Incoming SUPVY LOS)
.................................................................................................................................. 2-167
2-167
LOS-OUT
2-169
LOS-OUT (Outgoing Loss of Signal) and (Outgoing Channel Absent) .......................................................... 2-169
LOS-P
LOS-P (Incoming Payload LOS)
................................................................................................................................... 2-172
2-172
LPBKLINE
2-173
LPBKLINE (Line [Facility] Loopback Active) ........................................................................................................ 2-173
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xxi
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LPBKTERM
2-174
LPBKTERM (Diagnostic (Terminal) loopback active) ......................................................................................... 2-174
LSPOW_ALM_W
2-175
LSPOW_ALM_W (Laser Back-Facet Optical Power Cross Threshold) ........................................................ 2-175
LSTEMP_ALM_W
2-176
LSTEMP_ALM_W (Laser Cooling Current Cross Threshold) .......................................................................... 2-176
LSSEGR
LSSEGR (Remote Client Loss of Synchronization)
.............................................................................................. 2-177
2-177
MAN
MAN (Manually caused abnormal condition - card in maintenance) / MAN (Manually caused
abnormal condition - Port in maintenance) / MAN (Logical removal performed on a timing
2-177
reference) ........................................................................................................................................................................ 2-177
MAN (Manually caused abnormal condition - card in maintenance)
.............................................................. 2-179
2-179
2-180
MAN (Manually caused abnormal condition - port in maintenance) ............................................................... 2-180
2-180
MAN (Logical removal performed on a timing reference) .................................................................................. 2-180
MANRESET
2-181
MANRESET (Card Manual Reset) ............................................................................................................................... 2-181
MANSWTIMREF
2-182
MANSWTIMREF (Timing selection was switched by a manual command to a timing reference) ..... 2-182
MANSWTOINT
MANSWTOINT (Manual Switch to Internal Timing )
......................................................................................... 2-182
2-182
MANWKSWBK
MANWKSWBK (Manual switch to working)
......................................................................................................... 2-183
2-183
MANWKSWPR
2-184
MANWKSWPR (Manual switch to protection) ....................................................................................................... 2-184
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xxii
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MISMATCH
MISMATCH (Card Mismatch); MISMATCH (Power Filter Mismatch); MISMATCH (Shelf
2-185
Mismatch), .................................................................................................................................................................... 2-185
2-186
MISMATCH (Card Mismatch) ....................................................................................................................................... 2-186
2-189
MISMATCH (Power Filter Mismatch) ........................................................................................................................ 2-189
2-191
MISMATCH (Shelf Mismatch) ...................................................................................................................................... 2-191
MISMATCHMOD
2-192
MISMATCH (Pluggable Module Mismatch) ............................................................................................................ 2-192
MIXEDPFUSED
MIXEDPFUSED (Mixed types of power filters used)
.......................................................................................... 2-193
2-193
MMG
MMG (Mismerge)
............................................................................................................................................................... 2-194
2-194
MOD
2-195
MOD (Card degrade - Wavelength Tracker Channel ID Insertion) ................................................................... 2-195
MODOUTOOR
2-197
MODOUTOOR (Modulator output power out of range) ...................................................................................... 2-197
MSIM
2-198
MSIM (Multiplex Structure Indication Mismatch) ................................................................................................. 2-198
MTCESURV
2-199
MTCESURV (Add power control failure) .................................................................................................................. 2-199
MTCESURVDGR
MTCESURVDGR (Port degrade - wavelength tracker encode degrade)
....................................................... 2-201
2-201
NET
2-202
NET (Link Down; Data Link Down) ............................................................................................................................ 2-202
NOTALLOWED
NOTALLOWED (Card not allowed)
........................................................................................................................... 2-205
2-205
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xxiii
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NTPOOSYNC
NTPOOSYNC (Network Time Protocol is enabled, but no NTP server is reachable)
.............................. 2-205
2-205
OAPUMPBIASCURRHIGH
OAPUMPBIASCURRHIGH (OA pump laser bias current high)
..................................................................... 2-207
2-207
OAPUMPTEMPHIGH
OAPUMPTEMPHIGH (OA pump laser temperature high)
................................................................................ 2-208
2-208
OCHCOLLISION
OCHCOLLISION (Channel collision)
........................................................................................................................ 2-208
2-208
OCHCOLLISION-OUT
2-211
OCHCOLLISION-OUT (Channel collision Output Direction) .......................................................................... 2-211
OCHFDI
2-213
OCHFDI (Optical Channel Forward Defect Indication) ....................................................................................... 2-213
OCHPDI
2-215
OCHPDI (Channel Payload Defect Indicator) .......................................................................................................... 2-215
OCHKEYDUP
OCHKEYDUP (Duplicate Wave Key)
........................................................................................................................ 2-217
2-217
OCHKEYOVERLAP
2-218
OCHKEYOVERLAP (Wave Key overlap) ................................................................................................................ 2-218
OCHTRAILDUP
OCHTRAILDUP (Duplicate OCH Trail name)
....................................................................................................... 2-219
2-219
2-221
OCHTRAILDUP (Duplicate OCh trail name) .......................................................................................................... 2-221
OCHTRAILUNKNOWN
2-221
OCHTRAILUNKNOWN (Unknown OCH Trail for x-connect) ....................................................................... 2-221
OCHUNKNOWN
2-223
OCHUNKNOWN (Channel Unexpected) .................................................................................................................. 2-223
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xxiv
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OCHUNKNOWN-OUT
2-225
OCHUNKNOWN-OUT (Channel Unexpected) ...................................................................................................... 2-225
OCI
OCI (Open Connection Indication - ODU)
................................................................................................................ 2-226
2-226
OCIEGR
2-227
OCIEGR (Egress Open Connection Indication - ODU) ........................................................................................ 2-227
OPR
2-228
OPR (Channel Optical Power Out of Range) ............................................................................................................ 2-228
OPRLOSSHIGH
2-230
OPRLOSSHIGH (Out of Operational Range Loss Too High between DCM Ports of LD) ................. 2-230
OPRLOSSLOW
2-231
OPRLOSSLOW (Out of Operational Range - Loss Too Low) ........................................................................... 2-231
OPRPWRHIGH
2-233
OPRPWRHIGH (Out of Operational Range - Input Power Too High) ........................................................... 2-233
OPRPWRLOW
2-235
OPRPWRLOW (Out of Operational Range - Input Power Too Low) ............................................................. 2-235
OPROOR
OPROOR (Optical power received out of range)
.................................................................................................... 2-237
2-237
OPR-OUT
2-238
OPR-OUT (Outgoing Channel Optical Power Out of Range) ............................................................................ 2-238
OPRTX
2-239
OPRTX (Channel Power Unstable) ............................................................................................................................... 2-239
OPRUNACHIEVE
OPRUNACHIEVE (Channel Power Unachievable)
.............................................................................................. 2-241
2-241
OPTINTBASE
2-244
OPTINTBASE (Optical Intrusion Baseline Needed) ............................................................................................. 2-244
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xxv
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OPTINTDET
2-245
OPTINTDET (Optical Intrusion Detected) .......................................................................................................... 2-245
OPTINTSUSP
OPTINTSUSP (Optical Intrusion Monitoring Suspended)
.............................................................................. 2-245
2-245
OSCSSF
2-247
OSCSSF (Server Signal Failure - OSC) ...................................................................................................................... 2-247
PCSGENERATOR
2-248
PCSGENERATOR (PCS Generator active) ............................................................................................................... 2-248
PLM
PLM (Payload Mismatch Indication - ODU)
............................................................................................................ 2-248
2-248
PLMEGR
2-249
PLMEGR (Egress Payload Mismatch Indication - ODU) .................................................................................... 2-249
PRCDRERR
PRCDRERR
.......................................................................................................................................................................... 2-250
2-250
2-251
PRCDRERR (Subtended shelf cannot be assigned a shelf id) ............................................................................ 2-251
PRCDRERR-TOPO (Invalid topology)
...................................................................................................................... 2-252
2-252
.............................................................................. 2-253
2-253
PWR
PWR
........................................................................................................................................................................................ 2-254
2-254
2-255
PWR.............................................................................................................................................................................................
(Power Filter 1 breaker off or voltage low) PWR (Power Filter 2 breaker off or voltage low) 2-255
PWRADJCOMMS
2-256
PWRADJFAIL (Inter NE communication timeout blocking power adjustment) ......................................... 2-256
PWRADJFAIL
PWRADJFAIL (Power Adjustment Failure); PWRADJFAIL (No through services in appropriate
2-258
state for adjustment) ................................................................................................................................................... 2-258
PWRADJFAIL (Power Adjustment Failure)
............................................................................................................. 2-259
2-259
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xxvi
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................... 2-263
2-263
PWRADJREQ
2-265
PWRADJREQ (Power Adjust Required) .................................................................................................................... 2-265
PWRMARGIN
2-266
PWRMARGIN (Power Adjust Loss Margin Exceeded) ....................................................................................... 2-266
PWRMAXGAIN
2-267
PWRMAXGAIN (Gain Adjustment Exceeded Max Value) ................................................................................ 2-267
PWRSUSP
PWRSUSP- OT or SVAC - (Power management suspended); PWRSUSP- CWR8 (Power
2-270
management suspended) ........................................................................................................................................... 2-270
PWRSUSP - OT or SVAC (Power management suspended)
.............................................................................. 2-272
2-272
2-274
PWRSUSP-CWR8 (Power management suspended) ............................................................................................. 2-274
PWRTILTSUSP
PWRTILTSUSP (Amplifier gain tilt adjustments suspended)
............................................................................ 2-276
2-276
RAMANSUP
2-276
RAMANSUP (Raman Suppress - Line) ...................................................................................................................... 2-276
RCVROPTPROG
RCVROPTPROG (Receiver Optimization in Progress)
....................................................................................... 2-278
2-278
RDI
2-279
RDI (Remote Defect Indication) .................................................................................................................................... 2-279
REMOVEMOD
2-280
REMOVEMOD (Pluggable Module Removed) ....................................................................................................... 2-280
REPLUNITMISS
2-281
REPLUNTMISS (Card Missing) ................................................................................................................................... 2-281
REPLUNITMISSMOD
2-283
REPLUNTMISS (Pluggable Module Missing) ........................................................................................................ 2-283
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xxvii
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RFIEGR
RFIEGR (Remote Client Remote Fault)
..................................................................................................................... 2-284
2-284
RFIL
2-285
RFIL (Remote Fault Indication) ..................................................................................................................................... 2-285
SDBER
2-287
SDBER (Signal Degrade) ................................................................................................................................................. 2-287
SDBER (RS) (RS Signal Degrade)
............................................................................................................................... 2-288
2-288
SDEG-O
2-288
SDEG-O (SUPVY Signal Degrade) .............................................................................................................................. 2-288
SDEGR
SDEGR (Egress Signal Degrade - ODU)
................................................................................................................... 2-291
2-291
SFMISMATCH
2-292
SFMISMATCH (Software Version Mismatch) ......................................................................................................... 2-292
SLTMSIG
SLTMSIG (Timing reference frequency has moved off the required accuracy limits (not Protected
2-293
or Protection not Available)) .................................................................................................................................... 2-293
SSF
SSF (Server Signal Failure - OTU)
.............................................................................................................................. 2-294
2-294
SSFODU
SSFODU (Server Signal Failure - ODU)
................................................................................................................... 2-295
2-295
SSFODUEGR
SSFODUEGR (Egress Signal Server Failure - ODU)
........................................................................................... 2-297
2-297
SWEQPT
SWEQPT (Equipment Controller redundancy is compromised); SWEQPT (Protection switching
2-299
equipment failure) ....................................................................................................................................................... 2-299
2-300
SWEQPT (Equipment Controller redundancy is compromised) ........................................................................ 2-300
2-304
SWEQPT (Protection Switching Equipment Failure) ............................................................................................ 2-304
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xxviii
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SWFTDWN
2-305
SWFTDWN (Software Upgrade in Progress) ........................................................................................................... 2-305
2-306
Committing the Software Upgrade ................................................................................................................................ 2-306
Backing out the Software Upgrade
............................................................................................................................... 2-307
2-307
SWMTXMOD
SWMTXMOD
...................................................................................................................................................................... 2-307
2-307
2-308
SWMTXMOD (Switching Matrix Module Failure) ............................................................................................... 2-308
2-310
SWMTXMOD (Y-Cable Switchover Timer Expired) ............................................................................................ 2-310
SWUPGCOMMIT
2-310
SWUPGCOMMIT (No committed software load (Autoinstall disabled)) ..................................................... 2-310
SWUPGFAIL
SWUPGFAIL (Software Upgrade Failed)
.................................................................................................................. 2-311
2-311
SYNCOOS
SYNCOOS (Timing reference failed (Not Protected or Protection not Available)) / SYNCOOS
2-316
(Timing reference failed--system going into holdover) ................................................................................. 2-316
2-317
SYNCOOS (Timing reference failed (Not Protected or Protection not Available)) .................................... 2-317
2-318
SYNCOOS (Timing reference failed--system going into holdover) ................................................................. 2-318
SYNREFFAIL
2-318
SYNREFFAIL (Timing reference failed, (not Protected or Protection not Available)) ............................. 2-318
SYNREFUNEQ
2-319
SYNREFUNEQ (Timing reference unassigned) ...................................................................................................... 2-319
SYSBOOT
2-319
SYSBOOT (Cold Start); SYSBOOT (Warm Start) ................................................................................................. 2-319
TIM
TIM (Trace Identifier Mismatch)
TIM (Client Ports)
.................................................................................................................................. 2-321
2-321
............................................................................................................................................................... 2-322
2-322
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xxix
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................. 2-325
2-325
TIMODU
TIMODU (Trace Identifier Mismatch - ODU)
......................................................................................................... 2-327
2-327
TRMT
2-328
TRMT (Port Transmit Failure) ........................................................................................................................................ 2-328
TRMTMOD
2-330
TRMTMOD (Pluggable Module Transmit Failure) ................................................................................................ 2-330
UNG/UNP
UNG/UNP
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 2-331
2-331
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN (Card Unknown)
....................................................................................................................................... 2-332
2-332
UNKNOWNMOD
2-334
UNKNOWNMOD (Pluggable Module Unknown) ................................................................................................. 2-334
UPM
UPM (GFP User Payload Mismatch)
........................................................................................................................... 2-336
2-336
URU
2-337
URU (Underlying Resource Unavailable) .................................................................................................................. 2-337
2-338
URU-OCH-LOS (Underlying resource unavailable - OTS) ................................................................................ 2-338
2-338
URU-OTS-LOS (Underlying resource unavailable - OTS [Loss of Signal]) ................................................ 2-338
2-338
URU-OTS-RX (Underlying resource unavailable - OTS [Receive]) ............................................................... 2-338
2-339
URU-OTS-TX (Underlying resource unavailable - OTS [Transmit]) .............................................................. 2-339
URU-OTU (Underlying resource unavailable - OTU)
.......................................................................................... 2-339
2-339
................................................................................ 2-339
2-339
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xxx
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
USALS
USALS (Auto Laser Shutoff Due to Upstream Fault)
........................................................................................... 2-341
2-341
USLOS
2-343
USLOS (Upstream Channel Absent) ............................................................................................................................ 2-343
USOCHCOLLISION
2-345
USOCHCOLLISION (Upstream Channel Collision Input Direction) ............................................................. 2-345
VCGLOA
2-346
VCGLOA (Loss of alignment) ........................................................................................................................................ 2-346
VCGSSF
VCGSSF (VCG Server Signal Failure)
....................................................................................................................... 2-348
2-348
VOLTAGEHIGH
VOLTAGEHIGH [High input voltage defect]
.......................................................................................................... 2-349
2-349
VOLTAGELOW
VOLTAGELOW [Low input voltage defect]
............................................................................................................ 2-350
2-350
VTSFDI
VTSFDI (VTS Forward Defect Indication)
............................................................................................................... 2-352
2-352
VTSOCI
2-352
VTSOCI (VTS Open Connection Indication) ........................................................................................................... 2-352
WKSWBK
WKSWBK (Automatic switch to working)
............................................................................................................... 2-353
2-353
WKSWPR
WKSWPR (Automatic switch to protection)
............................................................................................................ 2-356
2-356
WTR
WTR (Wait to restore timer in effect)
3
.......................................................................................................................... 2-357
2-357
Supporting procedures
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-1
3-1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xxxi
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................... 3-4
3-4
3-5
WebUI Procedure ...................................................................................................................................................................... 3-5
Configuring alarm severity
3-5
Configuring the Alarm Severity Using the WebUI ....................................................................................................... 3-5
3-7
Configuring Alarm Severity Using the 1354 RM-PhM .............................................................................................. 3-7
Path Power Trace
Procedure
..................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-8
3-8
........................................................................................................................ 3-12
3-12
......................................................................................... 3-16
3-16
......................................................................................................................... 3-17
3-17
Rebooting Components
Cold Restart of a Pack with Traffic
................................................................................................................................. 3-18
3-18
Reseating a Card
3-19
Procedure ................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-19
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xxxii
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................ 3-22
3-22
............................................................................................................................................... 3-25
3-25
3-26
Replacing a DCM ................................................................................................................................................................... 3-26
3-27
Replacing an SFP Module ................................................................................................................................................... 3-27
3-30
Replacing an XFP Module .................................................................................................................................................. 3-30
3-33
Replacing an OSC SFP Module ........................................................................................................................................ 3-33
3-35
Replacing the User Panel ..................................................................................................................................................... 3-35
Replacing an Equipment Controller in a Redundant Shelf
.................................................................................... 3-40
3-40
............................................................................. 3-42
3-42
3-50
Replacing the Air Filter ........................................................................................................................................................ 3-50
Replacing the Fan
.................................................................................................................................................................. 3-53
3-53
................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-56
3-56
3-57
Loopback Variation on OTs ................................................................................................................................................ 3-57
High Temperature Troubleshooting
3-70
High Temperature Threshold Exceeded ......................................................................................................................... 3-70
Changing the Equipment Controller Configuration in an NE
3-71
Changing an NE from a Nonredundant to a Redundant Equipment Controller Configuration ................. 3-71
3-74
Changing an NE From a Redundant to a Nonredundant Equipment Controller Configuration ................ 3-74
Card-Specific Troubleshooting
4DPA4 Signal Rates
.............................................................................................................................................................. 3-76
3-76
3-77
Egress Adjustment Failure and Clock Source (WTOCM and PF) ....................................................................... 3-77
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xxxiii
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................... 3-79
3-79
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xxxiv
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
List of tables
2-1
2-2
3-1
3-2
3-44
FTP Server Parameters .......................................................................................................................................... 3-44
..................................................................................................... 3-13
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xxxv
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
List of tables
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xxxvi
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
List of figures
3-1
3-2
3-3
XFP bail
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-7
New Filter
3-8
3-9
Fan Unit
3-10
3-11
3-12
3-13
.......................................................................................................................... 3-60
3-14
.......................................................................................................................... 3-61
3-15
3-16
3-17
3-18
3-19
3-20
3-21
3-22
3-23
Lightpath Trace
.............................................................................................................................................................. 3-28
3-28
...................................................................................................................................................................... 3-30
3-30
............................................................................................................................................................. 3-31
3-31
................................................................................................................ 3-45
........................................................................................................................................ 3-51
3-51
.................................................................................................................................................................. 3-51
3-51
................................................................................................................................................ 3-52
3-52
...................................................................................................................................................................... 3-54
3-54
....................................................................................................................... 3-57
.......................................................................................................................... 3-58
....................................................................................................................... 3-62
.......................................................................................................... 3-64
............................................................................................................................... 3-65
..................................................................................................................... 3-68
....................................................................................................................... 3-69
........................................................................................................................................................ 3-77
3-77
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xxxvii
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-24
3-25
.................................................................................................. 3-77
.......................................................................................................................... 3-78
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xxxviii
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Purpose
This document provides information about managing the detection, isolation, and
correction of abnormal operation.
Intended audience
This document is intended for the following users of the 1830 PSS documentation library:
network planners
administrators
operators
maintenance personnel
1830 PSS products are meant to be installed, operated, and maintained by personnel who
have the knowledge, training, and qualifications required to safely perform the tasks
assigned to them. The information, processes, and procedures contained in the 1830
PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16/PSS-4 product documentation are intended for use by trained and
qualified personnel.
How to use this information product
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xxxix
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Safety information
For your safety, this document contains safety statements. Safety statements are given at
points where risks of damage to personnel, equipment, and operation may exist. Failure to
follow the directions in a safety statement may result in serious consequences.
Conventions used
Computer voice is used to identify system message text displayed by the CIT
Related information
The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch (PSS) Release 3.6.0 Engineering and
Planning Tool (EPT) User Guide is part of a set of documents that support the 1830 PSS
product family. The following items are available:
Document Number
Document Title
8DG60888AAAA
8DG60888BAAA
8DG60888GAAA
8DG60888DAAA
8DG60888EAAA
8DG60888FAAA
8DG60888HAAA
3AL61308AAAA
8DG60888JAAA
3KC13011AAAA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xl
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Document Number
Document Title
8DG60888KAAA
8DG60888LAAA
8DG60777KAAA
8DG60888MAAA
8DG60888NAAA
8DG60888PAAA
8DG60888QAAA
8DG60888RAAA
8DG60889AAAA
Alcatel-Lucent provides a referral telephone number for document support. Use this
number to report errors or to ask questions about the document. This is a non-technical
number. The referral number is 1 (888) 727-3615 (continental United States) or +1 (630)
713 5000 (for all countries).
Technical support
For technical support, contact your local customer support team. Reach them via the web
at http://alcatel-lucent.com/support at or the telephone number listed under the Technical
Assistance Center menu at http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/contact.
How to order
To order Alcatel-Lucent documents and courses, use the following websites, or the e-mail,
phone, and fax contacts linked from "Contact Us" on the following sites:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xli
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Documentation:
http://www.lucentdocs.com/
Training:
http://training.lucent.com/
Packaging collection and recovery requirements
Countries, states, localities, or other jurisdictions may require that systems be established
for the return and/or collection of packaging waste from the consumer, or other end user,
or from the waste stream. Additionally, reuse, recovery, and/or recycling targets for the
return and/or collection of the packaging waste may be established. For more information
regarding collection and recovery of packaging and packaging waste within specific
jurisdictions, please contact the Alcatel-Lucent Services - Environmental Health and
Safety organization.
For installations not performed by Alcatel-Lucent, please contact the Alcatel-Lucent
Customer Support Center at: Technical Support Services, within the United States: +1 630
224 4762, prompt 2
Recycling/take-back/disposal of product
Electronic products bearing or referencing the symbol shown below, when put on the
market within the European Union (EU), shall be collected and treated at the end of their
useful life in compliance with applicable EU and local legislation. They shall not be
disposed of as part of unsorted municipal waste. Due to materials that may be contained
in the product, such as heavy metals or batteries, the environment and human health may
be negatively impacted as a result of inappropriate disposal.
Note: In the EU, a solid bar under the crossed-out wheeled bin indicates that the
product was put on the market after 13 August 2005.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xlii
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
To comment on this document, go to the Online Comment Form (http://infodoc.alcatellucent.com/comments/) or e-mail your comments to the Comments Hotline
(comments@alcatel-lucent.com).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xliii
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
xliv
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Overview
Purpose
This chapter provides an alphabetical listing of all of the alarm conditions generated by
the 1830 Photonic Service Switch 32/16/4. Basic summary information is in the alarm.
Additional details can be obtained by querying the relevant entities.
The following information is provided for each condition type:
For a description and overview of alarm management, alarm severity, and alarm
reporting, refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch Release 3.6.0 User
Provisioning Guide.
For detailed information on TL1 AIDs for each pack, and rules for shelf and slot
assignments in the 1830 Photonic Service Switch 32/16/4, refer to the Alcatel-Lucent
1830 Photonic Service Switch (PSS) Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1 TL1 Command and
Messages Guide.
Contents
AISL
1-9
AIS - ODU
1-9
AIS - OTU
1-10
ALLCHANMISS
1-10
ALLCHANMISSOUT
1-11
AMPDISABLED
1-11
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-1
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
APRLine
1-12
APRNODE
1-13
APROSC
1-13
APRSWITCH
1-14
APRTOPO
1-14
APRUNAVAIL
1-15
APRUNAVAILOSC
1-15
APSB
1-16
APSCM
1-16
APSMM
1-17
AUTHFAIL
1-18
AUTORESET
1-18
AUTOSWTIMREF
1-20
B1SD
1-20
BASELine
1-21
BDI
1-22
BDIEGR
1-23
BDIODU
1-23
CARDINIT
1-25
CONFIGFAIL
1-27
CONTCOM
1-29
CONTEQPT
1-31
CONTR
1-32
CONTR-OUT
1-32
CRDINIT
1-33
DATAERR
1-35
DATAFLT
1-37
DBBKUP-IP
1-39
DBFL
1-39
DBFT
1-40
DBINVALID
1-40
DBMEMTRF
1-40
DBRSTR-IP
1-41
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-2
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DBUNSYNC
1-41
DEGOTU
1-41
DISCOVERMOD
1-42
DORMANTUSER
1-44
EBER
1-44
EBER-O
1-45
ETHCSF
1-45
ENV [1-8]
1-46
EQPT
1-46
EQPTBOOT
1-48
EQPTDGR
1-50
EQPTDGROCH
1-51
EQPTDGROCH-OUT
1-52
EQPTDGR-OUT
1-53
EQPTPORT
1-54
EXCESSLOAD
1-55
FACTERM-DEV
1-56
FANSPEEDHIGH
1-57
FANSPEEDLOW
1-57
FANSPEEDMAN
1-58
FECECSD
1-58
FECUBCSD
1-58
FELANLFI
1-59
FELANLOS
1-60
FELANLSS
1-60
FELANRFI
1-61
FELOS
1-62
FEPORTMISMATCH
1-62
FEPRLF
1-63
FPGAFAIL
1-63
FPGAINIT
1-65
FPGATIMEOUT
1-67
FRCDSWTIMREF
1-69
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-3
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FRCDWKSWBK
1-69
FRCDWKSWPR
1-70
FRNGSYNC
1-71
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
1-72
FWUPGRADEPENDING
1-74
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
1-76
HIBER
1-77
HIGAIN
1-78
HLDOVRSYNC
1-78
HWNOTSUPPORTED
1-79
INSERTMOD
1-79
INTTEMPHIGH
1-81
INTTEMPLOW
1-83
INTTEMPOPT
1-85
INTRUSION
1-86
INTRUSIONEVT
1-86
INVALIDEGRESS
1-86
INVALIDTHRESHOLD
1-87
INVENTORYERROR
1-87
LANLFI
1-89
LANLOS
1-90
LANLSS
1-91
LANRFI
1-92
LASEREOL
1-92
LCK
1-93
LCKEGR
1-94
LFD
1-94
LFIEGR
1-95
LINKDOWN
1-95
LINKUP
1-96
LOAM
1-96
LOC
1-97
LOCKOUTOFPR
1-97
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-4
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOCKOUTOFTIMREF
1-98
LOF
1-98
LOFEGR
1-100
LOF-O
1-101
LOGAIN
1-102
LOM
1-103
LOS
1-104
LOSDCM
1-108
LOSLDSig
1-108
LOSOCM
1-109
LOS-O
1-109
LOS-OUT
1-110
LOS-P
1-111
LPBKLine
1-113
LPBKTERM
1-114
LSPOW_ALM_W
1-115
LSTEMP_ALM_W
1-115
LSSEGR
1-116
MAN
1-116
MANRESET
1-120
MANSWTIMREF
1-122
MANSWTOINT
1-122
MANWKSWBK
1-123
MANWKSWPR
1-123
MISMATCH
1-124
MISMATCHMOD
1-127
MIXEDPFUSED
1-128
MMG
1-128
MOD
1-128
MODOUTOOR
1-129
MODOUTOOR
1-130
MSIM
1-130
MTCESURV
1-130
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-5
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MTCESURVDGR
1-131
NET
1-132
NOTALLOWED
1-134
NTPOOSYNC
1-134
OAPUMPBIASCURRHIGH
1-134
OAPUMPTEMPHIGH
1-135
OCHCOLLISION
1-136
OCHCOLLISION-OUT
1-137
OCHKEYDUP
1-137
OCHKEYOVERLAP
1-138
OCHFDI
1-139
OCHPDI
1-140
OCHTRAILDUP
1-140
OCHTRAILUNKNOWN
1-141
OCHUNKNOWN
1-142
OCHUNKNOWN-OUT
1-143
OCI
1-144
OCIEGR
1-145
OPR
1-145
OPRPWRHIGH
1-146
OPRPWRLOW
1-147
OPRLOSSHIGH
1-148
OPRLOSSLOW
1-148
OPROOR
1-149
OPR-OUT
1-149
OPRTX
1-150
OPRUNACHIEVE
1-151
OPTINTBASE
1-152
OPTINTDET
1-152
OPTINTSUSP
1-153
OSCSSF
1-154
PCSGENERATOR
1-154
PLM
1-155
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-6
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PLMEGR
1-156
PRCDRERR-TOPO
1-156
PWR
1-157
PWRADJCOMMS
1-158
PWRADJFAIL
1-158
PWRADJREQ
1-159
PWRMARGIN
1-160
PWRMAXGAIN
1-161
PWRSUSP
1-161
PWRTILTSUSP
1-162
1-163
RCVROPTPROG
1-163
RDI
1-164
REMOVEMOD
1-165
REPLUNITMISS
1-166
REPLUNITMISSMOD
1-170
RFIEGR
1-171
RFIL
1-172
SDBER
1-172
SDBER (RS)
1-173
SDEG-O
1-173
SDEGR
1-174
SFMISMATCH
1-174
SLTMSIG
1-176
SSF
1-176
SSFODU
1-178
SSFODUEGR
1-179
SWEQPT
1-179
SWFTDWN
1-180
SWMTXMOD
1-181
SWUPGCOMMIT
1-182
SWUPGFAIL
1-183
SYNCOOS
1-184
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-7
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SYNCREFUNEQ
1-184
SYSBOOT
1-185
TIM
1-185
TIMEGR
1-186
TIMODU
1-187
TRMT
1-188
TRMTMOD
1-188
UNG/UNP
1-190
UNKNOWN
1-190
UNKNOWNMOD
1-192
UPM
1-194
USALS (rr)
1-194
USLOS
1-196
USOCHCOLLISION
1-197
VCGLOA
1-198
VCGSSF
1-198
VOLTAGEHIGH
1-198
VOLTAGELOW
1-200
VTSFDI
1-202
VTSOCI
1-203
WKSWBK
1-203
WKSWPR
1-204
WTR
1-205
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-8
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
AISL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AISL
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NR
AID Type
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11STMM10-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
Effect on Service
NSA
Description
AIS Line/MS
Corrective Action
AIS - ODU
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NR
AID Type
11QPA4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
ODU
Description
AIS - ODU
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-9
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
AIS - OTU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AIS - OTU
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
11QPA4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
SA
ODU
Description
AIS - OTU
Corrective Action
ALLCHANMISS
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Line
AHPHG-shelf-slot-[Line, Sig]-freq
AHPLG-shelf-slot-(Sig, Line)
ALPHG-shelf-slot-[Line, Sig]-freq
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Line
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
SA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-10
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
ALLCHANMISSOUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ALLCHANMISSOUT
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NA
AID Type
A2325-shelf-slot-Line
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Line
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
NSA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
Proceed to ALLCHANMISS-OUT
(p. 2-26).
AMPDISABLED
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-11
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
AMPDISABLED
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Sig
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Sig
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Sig
CWR-shelf-slot-Sig
Effect on Service
SA
OTS
Description
Amplifier Disabled
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
APRLine
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Sig
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Sig
RA2P-shelf-slot-LineIn
Effect on Service
SA
OTS
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-12
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
APRLine
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Corrective Action
APRNODE
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Sig
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Sig
Effect on Service
SA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Sig
APROSC
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Sig
Effect on Service
SA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-13
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
APRSWITCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
APRSWITCH
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineOut
RA2P-shelf-slot-LineIn
Effect on Service
SA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
APRTOPO
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Sig
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Sig
RA2P-shelf-slot-LineIn
Effect on Service
SA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-14
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
APRUNAVAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
APRUNAVAIL
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Sig
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Sig
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Sig
Effect on Service
SA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
APRUNAVAILOSC
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Sig
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Sig
AM2125A-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2125B-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Sig
Effect on Service
SA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-15
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
APRUNAVAILOSC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
APSB
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{C1}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{C{1-10}}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C{1-10}}
Effect on Service
NSA
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
APSCM
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C{1-10}}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{C{1-10}}
Effect on Service
NSA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-16
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
APSCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
APSMM
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C{1-10}}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{C{1-10}}
Effect on Service
NSA
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-17
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
AUTHFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AUTHFAIL
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
TC
AID Type
SYSTEM
Effect on Service
NSA
COM
Description
Authentication Failure
Corrective Action
AUTORESET
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-18
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
AUTORESET
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
A2325A-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2318A-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
EC-shelf-slot
FLC-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
MT0C-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot
RA2P-shelf-slot
SVAC-shelf-slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-19
WR-shelf-slot
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
WTOCM-shelf-slot
AUTORESET
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
AUTOSWTIMREF
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
LINEREFSYS-shelf-slot-{0-3}
Effect on Service
NSA
LINEREF
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
B1SD
11STAR1-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
SA
Description
B1 Signal Degrade
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-20
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
BASELine
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BASELine
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NR
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{L1, {C1-10}}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{L1, {C1-10}}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{C{1-12},L{1-2},VA{12}}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{L1, {C1-10}}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{L1, {C1-10}}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
43STX4-shelf-slot-{L1, {C1-C4}}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C4}
4DPA2-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-2}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {L1, L2}
A2325A-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPLG-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2017B-shelf-slot-OSC
AM2125A-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2125B-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2325B-shelf-slot-OSC
OSCT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-21
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
BDI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BDI
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NR
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
112SCA1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, C{1-4}}
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, C{1-4}}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{L1}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {L1, L2}
Effect on Service
NSA
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-22
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
BDIEGR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BDIEGR
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NR
AID Type
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-C{1-4}
Effect on Service
NSA
ODU2
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NR
BDIODU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-23
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
BDIODU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
112SCA1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{L1}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-L1
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-L1
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {L1, L2}
Effect on Service
NSA
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-24
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
CARDINIT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CARDINIT
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-25
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
CARDINIT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11QPA4-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2318A-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
Equipment Controller-{1-8}-{1,18},
FLC-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
MT0C-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-26
RA2P-shelf-slot
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
SVAC-shelf-slot
WR-shelf-slot
WTOCM-shelf-slot
CARDINIT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Card initializing
Corrective Action
CONFIGFAIL
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
TC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-27
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
CONFIGFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11QPA4-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
A2325A-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2318A-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot
RA2P-shelf-slot
SVAC-shelf-slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-28
WR-shelf-slot
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
WTOCM-shelf-slot
CONFIGFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
CONTCOM
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-29
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
CONTCOM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
SHELF-{2-40} to SHELF-{2-48}
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-1-{7, 8}
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
Equipment Controller-{1-8}-{1,18}
FAN-shelf-slot
FLC-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
MT0C-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot
PF-{1-8}-{19,36}
RA2P-shelf-slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-30
SFD-shelf-slot
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
SFC-shelf-slot
CONTCOM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
SVAC-shelf-slot
USRPNL{1-8}
WR-shelf-slot
WTOCM-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
CONTEQPT
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
Equipment Controller-{1-8}-{1,18}
FLC-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-31
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
CONTR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CONTR
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
AHPHG-shelf-slot-[Line, Sig]-freq
AHPLG-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}
ALPHG-shelf-slot-[Line, Sig]-freq
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Line
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line
CWR-shelf-slot-Sig
MESH-shelf-slot-SigIN
OPS-shelf-slot-[Sig, Ain, Bin]
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line
WR-shelf-slot-{Sig, THRU}
WTOCM-shelf-slot-IN1
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
CONTR-OUT
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-32
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
CONTR-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2325B-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}
CWR-shelf-slot-[Sig, ThruOut]
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
CRDINIT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-33
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
CRDINIT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
A2325A-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2318A-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
MT0C-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot
RA2P-shelf-slot
SVAC-shelf-slot
WR-shelf-slot
WTOCM-shelf-slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-34
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
CRDINIT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
DATAERR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-35
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
DATAERR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
AHPHG-{1-8}- {2-17}
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2318A-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot
RA2P-shelf-slot
SVAC-shelf-slot
WR-shelf-slot
WTOCM-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
SA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-36
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
DATAERR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
DATAFLT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-37
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
DATAFLT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
AHPHG-{1-8}-{2-17}
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2318A-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
Equipment Controller-{1-8}-{1,18}
FLC-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
MT0C-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot
RA2P-shelf-slot
SVAC-shelf-slot
WR-shelf-slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-38
WTOCM-shelf-slot 1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
DATAFLT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
DBBKUP-IP
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NA
AID Type
SYSTEM
Effect on Service
NSA
COM
Description
Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
SYSTEM
Effect on Service
NSA
COM
Description
Corrective Action
DBFL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-39
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
DBFT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DBFT
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
SYSTEM
Effect on Service
NSA
COM
Description
Corrective Action
DBINVALID
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
EC, SYSTEM
Effect on Service
NSA
COM
Description
Database invalid
Corrective Action
DBMEMTRF
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
EC, SYSTEM
Effect on Service
NSA
COM
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-40
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
DBRSTR-IP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DBRSTR-IP
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NA
AID Type
SYSTEM
Effect on Service
NSA
COM
Description
Action
DBUNSYNC
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
SYSTEM
Effect on Service
NSA
COM
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-L1
DEGOTU
112SCA1-shelf-slot-L1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{L1; C1-C10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{L1; C1-C10}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{L1; C1-C10}
Effect on Service
SA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-41
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
DEGOTU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Description
Corrective Action
DISCOVERMOD
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
TC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-42
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
DISCOVERMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-C1
112SCA1-shelf-slot-C1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L{1-2},C{1-12}}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, C{1-4}}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{C1-C12}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STX4-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-C1
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-4}}
4DPA2-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-2}}
A2325A-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPLG-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
AM2017B-shelf-slot-OSC
AM2125A-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2125B-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2325B-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
OSC-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
OSCT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
Effect on Service
NSA
ODU2
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-43
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
DORMANTUSER
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DORMANTUSER
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Levels
Not alarmed
AID Type
SYSTEM
Effect on Service
NSA
COM
Description
User inactive
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
EBER
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
Effect on Service
SA
Description
Excessive BER
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-44
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
EBER-O
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EBER-O
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
AHPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPLG-shelf-slot-OSC
A2325A-shelf-slot-OSC
Effect on Service
NSA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{MD 1}-{MA1MA400}-MEP ID
Effect on Service
NSA
MEP
Description
Corrective Action
ETHCSF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-45
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
ENV [1-8]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ENV [1-8]
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
USRPNL{1-8}-1-40
HOUSEKEEPING[1-8]
Effect on Service
NSA
ENV
Description
Corrective Action
EQPT
Card Failure - Device
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-46
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2318A-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
FAN-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot
PF-shelf-slot
RA2P-shelf-slot
SFD-shelf-slot
SFC-shelf-slot
SVAC-shelf-slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-47
USRPNL-shelf-slot
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
WR-shelf-slot
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
EQPTBOOT
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-48
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
EQPTBOOT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12-shelf-slot
11QPA4-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
A2325A-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2318A-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
MT0C-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot
RA2P-shelf-slot
SVAC-shelf-slot
WR-shelf-slot
WTOCM-shelf-slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-49
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
EQPTBOOT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
EQPTDGR
Port Degrade: Communications with the Wavelength Tracker on this card are unreliable
and any Wavelength Tracker information sent or generated may be incorrect.
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot-{Sig, A, B}
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line
RA2P-shelf-slot
WR-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-50
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
EQPTDGR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Card Degrade: A fault on the card has caused the system to declare a hardware failure.
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
ALPHG-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line
WTOCM-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
EQPTDGROCH
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-51
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
EQPTDGROCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Line
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Line
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Line
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Line
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Line
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line
CWR-shelf-slot-Sig
MESH-shelf-slot-SigIN
OPS-shelf-slot-{Sig, A, B}
OSC-shelf-slot-Line
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line
WR-shelf-slot-{Sig, THRU}
WTOCM-shelf-slot-IN1
Effect on Service
NSA
OCH
Description
Corrective Action
EQPTDGROCH-OUT
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-52
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
EQPTDGROCH-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}
AHPHG-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}
AHPLG-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}
ALPHG-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}
AM2325B-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}
CWR-shelf-slot-{Sig, THRU}
OSC-shelf-slot-Line
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
NSA
OCH
Description
Corrective Action
EQPTDGR-OUT
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
CWR-shelf-slot-[Sig, ThruOut]
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line
WTOCM-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-53
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
EQPTPORT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EQPTPORT
Port Failure - Device
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-C1
112SCA1-shelf-slot-C1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{C1-C12}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4},C{1-4}}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{VA{1-4}}
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L{1-2},C{1-12}}
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{VA{1-2}}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STX4-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-C1
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-4}, VA{1-2}}
4DPA2-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-2}}
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-54
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
EXCESSLOAD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EXCESSLOAD
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
A2325A-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-{1-8}-{2-16}
Equipment Controller-{1-8}-{1,18}
OPS-{1-8}-{2-17, 20-35}
SVAC-shelf-slot
WTOCM-shelf-slot
Date
Time
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
Description
Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-55
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
FACTERM-DEV
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FACTERM-DEV
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-C1
112SCA1-shelf-slot-C1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{L{1-2},C{1-12}}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
11STMM10-shelf-slot-C{1-10}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-C{1-12}
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L{1-2},C{1-12}}
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{VA{1-2}}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4},C{1-4}}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{VA{1-4}}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-C1
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
4DPA2-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-2}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-4}, VA{1-2}}
A2325A-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPLG-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2017B-shelf-slot-OSC
AM2125A-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2125B-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2325B-shelf-slot-OSC
MVAC-shelf-slot-G{1-8}
OSC-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
OSCT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-56
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
FACTERM-DEV
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
FANSPEEDHIGH
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
FAN-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
FANSPEEDLOW
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
FAN-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-57
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
FANSPEEDMAN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FANSPEEDMAN
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
FAN-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
11STAR1-shelf-slot
FECECSD
11QPA4-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
OTU
Description
Corrective Action
FECUBCSD
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-58
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
FECUBCSD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{L1,L2}
11DPM12-shelf-slot-{L1,L2}-OTU
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4},C{1-4}}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{L1; C1-C4}
Effect on Service
SA
OTU2
Description
Corrective Action
FELANLFI
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NA
AID Type
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STX4-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
Effect on Service
NSA
10GbE
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-59
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
FELANLOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FELANLOS
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{{L1-4}, {C1-4}}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{C1- C4}
Effect on Service
NSA
Description
Corrective Action
FELANLSS
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-60
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
FELANLSS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Date
Time
Effect on Service
NSA
Description
Action
FELANRFI
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STX4-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
Effect on Service
SA
11STMM10: 1GbE
112SCX10, 112SX10L, 11QPA4, 11STAR1,
43SCX4, 43STX4.and 43STX4P: 10GbE
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-61
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
FELANRFI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
FELOS
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{C1- C4}
Effect on Service
NSA
4DPA4: CBRAR
Description
Corrective Action
FEPORTMISMATCH
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
11STMM10-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{C1- C4}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{C1- C4}
Effect on Service
SA
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-62
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
FEPRLF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FEPRLF
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NA
AID Type
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot- {C{1-10}}
11STGE12-shelf-slot- {C{1-10}}
Effect on Service
NSA
Description
Corrective Action
FPGAFAIL
Description
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-63
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
FPGAFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2318A-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot
RA2P-shelf-slot
SVAC-shelf-slot
WR-shelf-slot
WTOCM-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
SA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-64
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
FPGAFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
FPGAINIT
Description
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-65
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
FPGAINIT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2318A-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot
RA2P-shelf-slot
SVAC-shelf-slot
WR-shelf-slot
WTOCM-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-66
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
FPGAINIT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Description
FPGA initializing
Corrective Action
FPGATIMEOUT
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-67
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
FPGATIMEOUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2318A-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot
RA2P-shelf-slot
SVAC-shelf-slot
WR-shelf-slot
WTOCM-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-68
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
FPGATIMEOUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Description
FPGA timeout
Corrective Action
FRCDSWTIMREF
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
LINEREFSYS-shelf-slot-{0-3}
Effect on Service
NSA
LINEREF
Description
Corrective Action
FRCDWKSWBK
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{C1-C12}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
OPS-shelf-slot-A,B
Effect on Service
NSA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-69
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
FRCDWKSWBK
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
11DPE12: 1GbE
11QPA4: 10GbE, FC800, FC1200,
OC192/STM64
11STAR1: 10GbE, FC1200, OC192/STM64
11STMM10: 1GbE, CBR2G5, FC100, FC200,
FC400, OC3/STM1, OC12/STM4,
OC48/STM16, OTU1
11STGE12: 1GbE
4DPA2: 1GbE, OC48/STM16
4DPA4: 1GbE, CBRAR, FC100, FC200,
OC3/STM1, OC12/STM4, OC48/STM16
OPS: OCH
Description
Corrective Action
FRCDWKSWPR
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{C1-C12}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
OPS-shelf-slot-A,B
Effect on Service
NSA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-70
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
FRCDWKSWPR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
11DPE12: 1GbE
11QPA4: 10GbE, FC800, FC1200,
OC192/STM64
11STAR1: 10GbE, FC1200, OC192/STM64
11STMM10: 1GbE, CBR2G5, FC100, FC200,
FC400, OC3/STM1, OC12/STM4,
OC48/STM16, OTU1
11STGE12: 1GbE
4DPA2: 1GbE, OC48/STM16
4DPA4: 1GbE, CBRAR, FC100, FC200,
OC3/STM1, OC12/STM4, OC48/STM16
OPS: OCH
Description
Corrective Action
FRNGSYNC
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
SYNC-shelf-slot-0
Effect on Service
NSA
SYNC
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-71
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-72
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot 4
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot
RA2P-shelf-slot
SVAC-shelf-slot
WR-shelf-slot
WTOCM-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-73
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Description
Corrective Action
Proceed to FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
(p. 2-105).
FWUPGRADEPENDING
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-74
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
FWUPGRADEPENDING
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4 (FlexMux and DualTran)
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot
SVAC-shelf-slot
WR-shelf-slot
WTOCM-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
Proceed to FWUPGRADEPENDING
(p. 2-106).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-75
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NA
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA4 (FlexMux and DualTran)
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot
SVAC-shelf-slot
WR-shelf-slot
WTOCM-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-76
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Description
Corrective Action
Proceed to FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
(p. 2-108).
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
HIBER
Description
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
11STGE12-{1-8}-{2-17, 20-35}-L1
Effect on Service
SA
11DPE12: 10GbE
11QPA4: 10GbE, FC800, FC1200
11STAR1: 10GbE, FC1200
11STGE12, 43STX4, and 43STX4P: 10GbE
Description
High BER
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-77
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
HIGAIN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
HIGAIN
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Sig
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Sig
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Sig
Effect on Service
NSA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
HLDOVRSYNC
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
SYNC-shelf-slot-0
Effect on Service
NSA
SYNC
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-78
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
HWNOTSUPPORTED
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
HWNOTSUPPORTED
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
EC-shelf-{1,18}
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
Proceed to HWNOTSUPPORTED
(p. 2-112).
INSERTMOD
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
TC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-79
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
INSERTMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-C1
112SCA1-shelf-slot-C1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, C{1-4}}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{C1-C12}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4},C{1-4}}
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L{1-2},C{1-12}}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STX4-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-C1
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-4}}
4DPA2-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-2}}
A2325A-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPLG-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
AM2017B-shelf-slot-OSC
AM2125A-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2125B-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2325B-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
OSC-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
OSCT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-80
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
INTTEMPHIGH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
INTTEMPHIGH
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-81
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
INTTEMPHIGH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
Equipment Controller-{1-8}-{1,18}
FLC-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
MT0C-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot
PF-{1-8}-{19,36}
RA2P-shelf-slot
SVAC-shelf-slot
WR-shelf-slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-82
WTOCM-shelf-slot 1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
INTTEMPHIGH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
INTTEMPLOW
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-83
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
INTTEMPLOW
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
Equipment Controller-{1-8}-{1,18}
FLC-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
MT0C-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot
PF-{1-8}-{19,36}
RA2P-shelf-slot
SVAC-shelf-slot
WR-shelf-slot
WTOCM-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-84
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
INTTEMPLOW
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
INTTEMPOPT
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
RA2P-shelf-slot
WR-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-85
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
INTRUSION
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
INTRUSION
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
SYSTEM
Effect on Service
NSA
COM
Description
Corrective Action
INTRUSIONEVT
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Major
AID Type
SYSTEM
Effect on Service
NSA
COM
Description
Corrective Action
INVALIDEGRESS
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineIn
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineIn
RA2P-shelf-slot-LineIn
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-86
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
INVALIDEGRESS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Description
Corrective Action
INVALIDTHRESHOLD
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
OPS-shelf-slot-{A, B}
Effect on Service
NSA
OCH
Description
Invalid Threshold
Corrective Action
Proceed to INVALIDTHRESHOLD
(p. 2-118).
INVENTORYERROR
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-87
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
INVENTORYERROR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11QPA4-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STAR1A-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
A2325A-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2318A-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
BTC-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
DCM-shelf-1
EC-shelf-slot
FAN-bay-shelf
FAN-shelf-37
FLC-shelf-slot
ITLB-shelf-1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-88
ITLU-shelf-1
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
MESH-shelf-slot
MT0C-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
INVENTORYERROR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
Proceed to INVENTORYERROR
(p. 2-119)e.
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-C1
LANLFI
112SCA1-shelf-slot-C1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
11STGE12-shelf-slot-L1
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
Effect on Service
SA
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-89
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LANLOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LANLOS
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-C1
112SCA1-shelf-slot-C1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{C1-C12}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
Effect on Service
SA
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-90
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LANLSS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LANLSS
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-C1
112SCA1-shelf-slot-C1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-L1
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
Effect on Service
SA
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-91
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LANRFI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LANRFI
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-C1
112SCA1-shelf-slot-C1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{C1-C12}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-L1
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
Effect on Service
NSA
Description
Corrective Action
LASEREOL
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Major
AID Type
11STAR1-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
11STAR1
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-92
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LCK
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LCK
Description
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
112SCA1-shelf-slot-{L1 , C1}
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10} 1
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, C{1-4}}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-L1
11STGE12-shelf-slot-L1
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {L1, L2}
Effect on Service
SA
Description
Locked - ODU
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-93
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LCKEGR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LCKEGR
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
Effect on Service
SA
ODU2
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
LFD
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{C1- C4}
Effect on Service
SA
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-94
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LFIEGR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LFIEGR
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-C1
112SCA1-shelf-slot-C1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
Effect on Service
NSA
Description
Corrective Action
LINKDOWN
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{C1-C12}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11STGE12-{1-8}-{2-17, 20-35}-{C1-10}
EC-1-{1,18}-CIT
Effect on Service
SA
11STGE12: 1GbE
EC: PLK
Description
Link down
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-95
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LINKUP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LINKUP
Description
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
TC
AID Type
FAN
Effect on Service
NSA
EC: PLK
Description
Link Up
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-C1
LOAM
112SCA1-shelf-slot-C1
Effect on Service
SA
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-96
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LOC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOC
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{MD 1}-{MA1MA400}-MEP ID
Effect on Service
NSA
MEP
Description
Loss of continuity
Corrective Action
LOCKOUTOFPR
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
OPS-shelf-slot-A,B
Effect on Service
NSA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-97
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LOCKOUTOFPR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Description
Lockout of protection
Corrective Action
LOCKOUTOFTIMREF
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
LINEREFSYS-shelf-slot-{0-3}
Effect on Service
NSA
LINEREF
Description
Corrective Action
Proceed to LOCKOUTOFTIMREF
(p. 2-134).
LOF
1 of 2
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-98
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LOF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
112SCA1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, C{1-4}}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{L1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{L1}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
43STX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {L1, L2}
Effect on Service
SA
Description
Corrective Action
2 of 2
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-99
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LOF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, C{1-4}}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
Effect on Service
SA
Description
Loss of Frame
Corrective Action
LOFEGR
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-100
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LOFEGR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-C1
43STX4-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{C1- C4}
Effect on Service
SA
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
LOF-O
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-101
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LOF-O
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPLG-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2017B-shelf-slot-OSC
AM2125A-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2125B-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2325B-shelf-slot-OSC
OSCT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
Effect on Service
SA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
A2325-shelf-slot-Sig
LOGAIN
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Sig
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Sig
Effect on Service
NSA
OTS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-102
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LOGAIN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
LOM
112SCA1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, C{1-4}}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{L1}
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, C{1-4}}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{L1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{L1}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
43STX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
Effect on Service
SA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-103
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LOM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Description
Corrective Action
LOS
1 of 6
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AHPHG-shelf-slot-[Line, Sig]-freq
AHPLG-shelf-slot-[Line, Sig]-freq
ALPHG-shelf-slot-[Line, Sig]-freq
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line-freq
CWR-shelf-slot-Sig-freq
CWR8-88-shelf-slot-Sig-freq
MESH-shelf-slot-SigIN-freq
OPS-shelf-slot-[Sig, Ain, Bin]
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line-freq
WR-shelf-slot-{Sig, THRU}-freq
Effect on Service
SA
OCH
Description
Channel absent
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-104
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 of 6
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
CWR-shelf-slot-Sig
CWR8-88-shelf-slot-Sig
Effect on Service
SA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
3 of 6
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
MESH-shelf-slot-SigIN
RA2P-shelf-slot-LineIn
Effect on Service
SA
OTS
Description
Input LOS
Corrective Action
4 of 6
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-105
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Line
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Line
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Line
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Line
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineIn
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineIn
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
SA
OTS
Description
LD Input LOS
Corrective Action
5 of 6
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{VA{1-2}}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4;{VA 1-4}}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
4DPA2-shelf-slot-{L1-L2; C1-C2}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-C4; VA1, VA2}
MVAC-shelf-slot
SVAC-shelf-slot-ClientIn
Effect on Service
SA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-106
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Description
Loss of Signal
Corrective Action
Description
6 of 6
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
SFCn-shelf-slot-OMD
SFDn-shelf-slot-OMD
Effect on Service
SA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-107
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LOSDCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOSDCM
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Dcm
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Dcm
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Dcm
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Dcm
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Dcm
AM2125A-shelf-slot-Dcm
AM2125B-shelf-slot-Dcm
AM2325A-shelf-slot-Dcm
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Dcm
Effect on Service
SA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
LOSLDSig
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Sig
Effect on Service
SA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-108
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LOSOCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOSOCM
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
WTOCM-shelf-slot-IN{1-4}
Effect on Service
NSA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-OSC
LOS-O
AHPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPLG-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2017B-shelf-slot-OSC
AM2125A-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2125B-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2325B-shelf-slot-OSC
OSCT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
Effect on Service
NSA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-109
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LOS-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOS-OUT
1 of 2
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Line
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Line
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
SA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
2 of 2
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
AHPHG-shelf-slot- Sig-freq
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Sig-freq
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Sig-freq
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AM2017B-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}-freq
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineOut-freq
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineOut-freq
AM2325B-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}-freq
CWR-shelf-slot-ThruOut-freq
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line-freq
Effect on Service
SA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-110
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LOS-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
OCH
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
LOS-P
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-111
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LOS-P
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SCA1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4},C{1-4}}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-L1
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{L1, {C1-10}}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-C1
43STX4-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C4}}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C4}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}}
A2325A-shelf-slot-Line
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Line
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Line
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Line
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Line
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineIn
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineIn
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line
OPS-shelf-slot-{Sig, A, B}
OSC-shelf-slot-Line
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
SA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-112
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LOS-P
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Description
Incoming Payload
Corrective Action
LPBKLine
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
112SCA1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{L1, {C1-10}}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{L1, {C1-10}}
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L{1-2},C{1-12}}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{L{1-2},C{1-12}}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4},C{1-4}}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{L1, C{1-10}}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{L1, C{1-12}}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{L1, {C1-10}}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
43STX4-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C4}
4DPA2-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-2}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-4}}
Effect on Service
NSA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-113
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LPBKLine
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
LPBKTERM
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
112SCA1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{L1, {C1-10}}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{L1, {C1-10}}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{L{1-2},C{1-12}}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{L1, C{1-10}}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{L1, C{1-12}}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{L1, {C1-10}}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-L1
4DPA2-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-2}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-4}}
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-114
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LSPOW_ALM_W
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LSPOW_ALM_W
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Major
AID Type
43STA1P-shelf-slot-C1
43STX4P-shelf-slot-C1
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
LSTEMP_ALM_W
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Major
AID Type
43STA1P-shelf-slot-C1
43STX4P-shelf-slot-C1
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-115
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
LSSEGR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LSSEGR
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-C1
112SCA1-shelf-slot-C1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
Effect on Service
NSA
Description
Corrective Action
MAN
1 of 3
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-116
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
MAN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
A2325A-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot{Dcm, Sig, Line, OSC}
ALPFGT-shelf-slot- {Sig, Line, OSCSFP}
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2318A-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
DCM-shelf-slot
FAN-shelf-slot
ITLB-shelf-1
MESH-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line, OSCSFP}
RA2P-shelf-slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-117
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
MAN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
SFC-shelf-slot
SFD-shelf-slot
SFD44-shelf-1
SFD44B-shelf-1
SVAC-shelf-slot
USRPNL-shelf
WR-shelf-slot
WTOCM-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
2 of 3
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-118
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
MAN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
112SCA1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{L1, {C1-10}}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{L1, {C1-10}}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{L1, C{1-10}}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{L1, C{1-12}}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{L1, {C1-10}}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
43STX4-shelf-slot- {L1, C{1-4}}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{L1, {C1-C4}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-4}, VA{1-2}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{C1- C4, L1, L2, VA1,
VA2}
AM2017B-shelf-slot-OSC
AM2325B-shelf-slot-{Dcm, Sig, Line, OSC}
AHPHG-shelf-slot-{Dcm, Sig, Line, OSC};
AHPLG-shelf-slot- {Dcm, Sig, Line, OSC}
ALPHG-shelf-slot-{Dcm, Sig, Line, OSC}
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line, OSCSFP}
AM2125A-shelf-slot-{LineIn, LineOut,
OSCSFP, Dcm}
AM2125B-shelf-slot-{LineIn, LineOut,
OSCSFP, Dcm}
AM2318A-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot-{Dcm, Sig, Line, OSC}
CWR-shelf-slot-{Sig, CLS[1-8], THRU,
OMD}
ITLU-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot-{SIGIN, SIGOUT{1-4}}
MVAC-shelf-slot-G{1-8}
OSCT-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line, OSCSFP}
OPS-shelf-slot-{Sig, A, B};
RA2P-shelf-slot-{LineIn, LineOut}
SFC-shelf-slot-OMD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-119
SFD-shelf-slot-OMD
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
MAN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
SVAC-shelf-slot
WR-shelf-slot-{SIG, THRU, DROPOUT,
ADDIN{1-8}, MESHOUT{1-3}}
WTOCM-shelf-slot-IN{1-4}
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
3 of 3
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
LINEREFSYS-shelf-slot-{0-3}
Effect on Service
NSA
LINEREF
Description
Corrective Action
MANRESET
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-120
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
MANRESET
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
A2325A-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2318A-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
EC-shelf-{1,18}
FLC-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
MT0C-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OSC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
RA2P-shelf-slot
SVAC-shelf-slot
WR-shelf-slot
WTOCM-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-121
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
MANRESET
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
MANSWTIMREF
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
LINEREFSYS-shelf-slot-{0-3}
Effect on Service
NSA
LINEREF
Description
Corrective Action
MANSWTOINT
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
SYNC-shelf-slot-0
Effect on Service
NSA
SYNC
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-122
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
MANWKSWBK
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MANWKSWBK
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C{1-10}}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{C{1-10}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{C1- C4}
OPS-shelf-slot-A,B
Effect on Service
NSA
Description
Corrective Action
MANWKSWPR
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{C1-C12}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{C1- C4}
OPS-shelf-slot-A,B
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-123
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
MANWKSWPR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Effect on Service
NSA
11DPE12: 1GbE
11QPA4: 10GbE, FC800, FC1200,
OC192/STM64
11STAR1: 10GbE, FC1200, OC192/STM64
11STMM10: 1GbE, CBR2G5, FC100, FC200,
FC400, OC3/STM1, OC12/STM4,
OC48/STM16, OTU1
11STGE12: 1GbE
4DPA2: 1GbE, OC48/STM16
4DPA4: 1GbE, CBRAR, FC100, FC200,
OC3/STM1, OC12/STM4, OC48/STM16
OPS: OCH
Description
Corrective Action
MISMATCH
Description
Card mismatch
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-124
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
MISMATCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
4DPA4-1-{7, 8}
ALPHG-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2318A-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
DCM-shelf-slot
FAN-shelf-slot
ITLB-shelf-slot
ITLU-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot
RA2P-shelf-slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-125
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
MISMATCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
SFC-shelf-slot
SFD-shelf-slot
SFD44-shelf-1
SFD44B-shelf-1
SVAC-shelf-slot
WR-shelf-slot
WTOCM-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
Description
Card mismatch
Corrective Action
Description
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
PF-{1-8}-{19,36}
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
Shelf mismatch
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
SHELF-{1-40}
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
Description
Shelf mismatch
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-126
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
MISMATCHMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MISMATCHMOD
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-C1
112SCA1-shelf-slot-C1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
11STMM10-shelf-slot-C{1-10}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-C{1-12}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-C1
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
4DPA2-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-2}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-4}, VA{1-2}}
A2325A-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPLG-shelf-slot- OSC
ALPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2017B-shelf-slot-OSC
AM2125A-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2125B-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2325B-shelf-slot-OSC
OSCT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-127
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
MIXEDPFUSED
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MIXEDPFUSED
Description
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
SHELF
Effect on Service
SA
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{MD 1}-{MA1MA400}-MEP ID
Effect on Service
NSA
MEP
Description
Mismerge
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
MMG
MOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-128
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
MOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SCA1-shelf-slot-L1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-L1
11STAR1-shelf-slot-Line
11STMM10-shelf-slot-Line
11STGE12-shelf-slot-Line
43SCX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STA1P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4P-shelf-slot-L1
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {VA1, VA2}
MVAC-shelf-slot-G{1-8}
SVAC-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
NSA
OCH
Description
Corrective Action
MODOUTOOR
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11QPA4-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-129
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
MODOUTOOR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MODOUTOOR
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11QPA4-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
43STX4P-shelf-slot-L1
Effect on Service
SA
ODU3
Description
Corrective Action
MSIM
MTCESURV
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-130
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
MTCESURV
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SCA1-shelf-slot-L1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-L1
11STAR1-shelf-slot-Line
11STMM10-shelf-slot-Line
11STGE12-shelf-slot-Line
43SCX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STA1P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4P-shelf-slot-L1
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {VA1, VA2}
MVAC-shelf-slot-G{1-8}
SVAC-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
MTCESURVDGR
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-131
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
MTCESURVDGR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SCA1-shelf-slot-L1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-L1
11STAR1-shelf-slot-Line
11STMM10-shelf-slot-Line
11STGE12-shelf-slot-Line
43SCX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STA1P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4P-shelf-slot-L1
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {VA1, VA2}
MVAC-shelf-slot-G{1-8}
SVAC-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
NET
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-132
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
NET
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4},C{1-4}}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
A2325A-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPLG-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2017B-shelf-slot-OSC
AM2125A-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2125B-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2325B-shelf-slot-OSC
EC-shelf-slot-{ES1, ES2}
FAN-shelf-slot-LAN1
FLC-1-slot-{CIT, OAMP}
MT0C-shelf-slot{VOIP, ES1, ES2, E1, E2}
OSC-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
OSCT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
USRPNL-shelf-slot-{OAMP, VOIP, E1, E2}
Effect on Service
SA
Description
Link down
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-133
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
NOTALLOWED
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTALLOWED
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
SLOT
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
NTPOOSYNC
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CNA
AID Type
SYSTEM
Effect on Service
SA
OCH
Description
Corrective Action
OAPUMPBIASCURRHIGH
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-134
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
OAPUMPBIASCURRHIGH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
RA2P-shelf-slot
WR-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
Corrective Action
Proceed to OAPUMPBIASCURRHIGH
(p. 2-207).
OAPUMPTEMPHIGH
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
Corrective Action
Proceed to OAPUMPTEMPHIGH
(p. 2-208).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-135
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
OCHCOLLISION
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OCHCOLLISION
Description
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AHPHG-shelf-slot-[Line, Sig]-freq
AHPLG-shelf-slot-[Line, Sig]-freq
ALPHG-shelf-slot-[Line, Sig]-freq
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AM2125A-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AM2125B-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line-freq
CWR-shelf-slot-Sig-freq
CWR8-88A-shelf-slot-Sig-freq
MESH-shelf-slot-SigIN-freq
OPS-shelf-slot-[Sig, Ain, Bin]
WR-shelf-slot-{Sig, THRU}-freq
Effect on Service
SA
OCH
Description
Channel collision
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-136
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
OCHCOLLISION-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OCHCOLLISION-OUT
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}-freq
AHPHG-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}-freq
AHPLG-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}-freq
ALPHG-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}-freq
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AM2017B-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}-freq
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineOut-freq
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineOut-freq
AM2325B-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}-freq
CWR-shelf-slot-ThruOut-freq
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line-freq
Effect on Service
SA
OCH
Description
Corrective Action
Proceed to OCHCOLLISION-OUT
(p. 2-211).
OCHKEYDUP
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-137
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
OCHKEYDUP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SCA1-shelf-slot-L1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-L1
11STAR1-shelf-slot-Line
11STMM10-shelf-slot-Line
11STGE12-shelf-slot-Line
43SCX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STA1P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4P-shelf-slot-L1
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {VA1, VA2}
MVAC-shelf-slot-G{1-8}
SVAC-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
NSA
OCH
Description
Corrective Action
OCHKEYOVERLAP
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
112SCA1-shelf-slot-L1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-L1
11STAR1-shelf-slot-Line
11STMM10-shelf-slot-Line
11STGE12-shelf-slot-Line
43SCX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4P-shelf-slot-L1
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {VA1, VA2}
MVAC-shelf-slot-G{1-8}
SVAC-shelf-slot-Line
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-138
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
OCHKEYOVERLAP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Effect on Service
NSA
OCH
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NR
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Line-freq
OCHFDI
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Line, Sig]-freq
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Line-freq
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Line-freq
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineIn-freq
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineIn-freq
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line-freq
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line-freq
RA2P-shelf-slot-LineIn-freq
Effect on Service
NSA
OCH
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-139
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
OCHPDI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OCHPDI
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NR
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-L1
112SCA1-shelf-slot-L1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-L1
112SX10L-shelf-slot-L1
11STAR1-shelf-slot-Line
11STMM10-shelf-slot-Line
11STGE12-shelf-slot-Line
43SCX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STA1P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4P-shelf-slot-L1
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {VA1, VA2}
MVAC-shelf-slot-G{1-8}
SVAC-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
NSA
OCH
Description
Corrective Action
OCHTRAILDUP
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-140
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
OCHTRAILDUP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-L1
112SCA1-shelf-slot-L1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-L1
112SX10L-shelf-slot-L1
11STAR1-shelf-slot-Line
11STMM10-shelf-slot-Line
11STGE12-shelf-slot-Line
43SCX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STA1P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4P-shelf-slot-L1
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {VA1, VA2}
MVAC-shelf-slot-G{1-8}
SVAC-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
NSA
OCH
Description
Corrective Action
OCHTRAILUNKNOWN
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-141
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
OCHTRAILUNKNOWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Line-freq
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Line-freq
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineIn-freq
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineIn-freq
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line-freq
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line-freq
RA2P-shelf-slot-LineIn-freq
Effect on Service
NSA
OCH
Description
Corrective Action
Proceed to OCHTRAILUNKNOWN
(p. 2-221)
OCHUNKNOWN
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-142
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
OCHUNKNOWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AHPHG-shelf-slot-[Line, Sig]-freq
AHPLG-shelf-slot-[Line, Sig]-freq
ALPHG-shelf-slot-[Line, Sig]-freq
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line-freq
CWR-shelf-slot-Sig-freq
MESH-shelf-slot-SigIN-freq
OPS-shelf-slot-[Sig, Ain, Bin]
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line-freq
WR-shelf-slot-{Sig, THRU}-freq
Effect on Service
NSA
OCH
Description
Channel unexpected
Corrective Action
OCHUNKNOWN-OUT
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}-freq
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Sig]-freq
AHPLG-shelf-slot- Sig-freq
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Sig-freq
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AM2017B-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}-freq
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineOut-freq
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineOut-freq
AM2325B-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}-freq
CWR-shelf-slot-ThruOut-freq
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line-freq
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-143
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
OCHUNKNOWN-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Effect on Service
NSA
OCH
Description
Channel unexpected
Corrective Action
Proceed to OCHUNKNOWN-OUT
(p. 2-225).
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
OCI
Description
112SCA1-shelf-slot-L1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}
112SCA1-shelf-slot-C1
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, C{1-4}}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{L1}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{L1}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {L1, L2}
Effect on Service
SA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-144
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
OCI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
OCIEGR
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
Effect on Service
SA
ODU2
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
OPR
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-145
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
OPR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AHPHG-shelf-slot-[Line, Sig]-freq
AHPLG-shelf-slot-[Line, Sig]-freq
ALPHG-shelf-slot-[Line, Sig]-freq
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line-freq
CWR-shelf-slot-Sig-freq
MESH-shelf-slot-SigIN-freq
OPS-shelf-slot-[Sig, Ain, Bin]
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line-freq
WR-shelf-slot-{Sig, THRU}-freq
Effect on Service
NSA
OCH
Description
Corrective Action
OPRPWRHIGH
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Line
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Line
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Line
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Line
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Line
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineIn
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineIn
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
NSA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-146
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
OPRPWRHIGH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
OPRPWRLOW
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Line
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Line
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Line
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Line
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Line
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineIn
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineIn
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line
OSC-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
NSA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-147
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
OPRLOSSHIGH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OPRLOSSHIGH
Description
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Dcm
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Dcm
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Dcm
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Dcm
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Dcm
AM2125A-shelf-slot-Dcm
AM2125B-shelf-slot-Dcm
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Dcm
Effect on Service
NSA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
OPRLOSSLOW
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Dcm
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Dcm
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Dcm
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Dcm
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Dcm
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Dcm
Effect on Service
NSA
OTS
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-148
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
OPRLOSSLOW
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
11STAR1-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
OTU
Description
Corrective Action
OPROOR
OPR-OUT
Description
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}-freq
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Sig-freq
AHPLG-shelf-slot- Sig-freq
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Sig-freq
AM2017B-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}-freq
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineOut-freq
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineOut-freq
AM2325B-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}-freq
CWR-shelf-slot-ThruOut-freq measured
CWR-shelf-slot-Cls[1-8]Out-freq calculated
Effect on Service
NSA
OCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-149
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
OPR-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
112SCA1-shelf-slot-L1
OPRTX
Description
112SCX10-shelf-slot-L1
11STAR1-shelf-slot-Line
11STMM10-shelf-slot-Line
11STGE12-shelf-slot-Line
43SCX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STA1P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4P-shelf-slot-L1
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {VA1, VA2}
MVAC-shelf-slot-G{1-8}
SVAC-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
NSA
OCH
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-150
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
OPRUNACHIEVE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OPRUNACHIEVE
Description
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
112SCA1-shelf-slot-L1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-L1
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{VA{1-2}}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{VA1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-Line
11STMM10-shelf-slot-Line
11STGE12-shelf-slot-Line
43SCX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STA1P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4P-shelf-slot-L1
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {VA1, VA2}
MVAC-shelf-slot-G{1-8}
SVAC-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
NSA
OCH
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-151
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
OPTINTBASE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OPTINTBASE
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Line
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Line
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Line
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Line
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Line
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineIn
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineIn
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
NSA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
OPTINTDET
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-152
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
OPTINTDET
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Line
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Line
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Line
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Line
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Line
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineIn
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineIn
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
NSA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
OPTINTSUSP
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Line
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Line
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Line
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Line
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Line
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineIn
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineIn
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
NSA
OTS
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-153
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
OPTINTSUSP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NR
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-OSC
OSCSSF
AHPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPLG-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2017B-shelf-slot-OSC
AM2125A-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2125B-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2325B-shelf-slot-OSC
OSCT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
Effect on Service
NSA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
PCSGENERATOR
Description
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NA
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-C1
112SCA1-shelf-slot-C1
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-154
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
PCSGENERATOR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-L1
PLM
Description
112SCA1-shelf-slot-L1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-L1
112SX10L-shelf-slot-L1
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, C{1-4}}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{L1}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{L1}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STA1P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {L1, L2}
Effect on Service
SA
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-155
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
PLM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
PLMEGR
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
Effect on Service
SA
OTU2
Description
Corrective Action
PRCDRERR-TOPO
Description
1 of 2
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
SYSTEM
Effect on Service
NSA
COM
Description
Invalid topology
Corrective Action
2 of 2
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-156
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
PRCDRERR-TOPO
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Line
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Line
AHPLG-shelf-slot- Line
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Line
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineIn
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineIn
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line
RA2P-shelf-slot-LineIn
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
PF-{1-8}-{19,36}
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
PWR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-157
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
PWRADJCOMMS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PWRADJCOMMS
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NR
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-{Sig, Lineout}
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
AM2017B-shelf-slot-{Sig}
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2318A-shelf-slot-Lineout
AM2325B-shelf-slot-{Sig}
Effect on Service
NSA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
PWRADJFAIL
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-158
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
PWRADJFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
AM2017B-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2325B-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}
OSC-shelf-slot-Line
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
NSA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
PWRADJREQ
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
AHPLG-shelf-slot-(Sig, Line)
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
AM2017B-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2325B-shelf-slot-{Sig, Line}
OSC-shelf-slot-Line
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
NSA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-159
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
PWRADJREQ
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
PWRMARGIN
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Sig
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Sig
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Sig
OSC-shelf-slot-Line
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
NSA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-160
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
PWRMAXGAIN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PWRMAXGAIN
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Sig
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Sig
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Sig
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Sig
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Sig
OSCT-shelf-slot-Sig
Effect on Service
NSA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
PWRSUSP
Description
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-161
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
PWRSUSP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-L1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-L1
112SX10L-shelf-slot-L1
11STAR1-shelf-slot-Line
11STMM10-shelf-slot-Line
11STGE12-shelf-slot-Line
43SCX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STA1P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4P-shelf-slot-L1
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {VA1, VA2}
MVAC-shelf-slot-G{1-8}
SVAC-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
NSA
OCH
Description
Corrective Action
PWRTILTSUSP
Description
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Line
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Line
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Line
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Line
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineOut
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
NSA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-162
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
PWRTILTSUSP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Line
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Line
ALPHG-shelf-slot-Line
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Line
AM2125A-shelf-slot-LineIn
AM2125B-shelf-slot-LineIn
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line
Effect on Service
SA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
RCVROPTPROG
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-163
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
RCVROPTPROG
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{MD 1}-{MA1MA400}-MEP ID
Effect on Service
NSA
MEP
Description
Corrective Action
RDI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-164
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
REMOVEMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
REMOVEMOD
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
TC
AID Type
112SCA1-shelf-slot-C1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, C{1-4}}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{C1-C12}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4},C{1-4}}
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L{1-2},C{1-12}}
43STX4-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-C1
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-4}}
4DPA2-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-2}}
A2325A-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPLG-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2017B-shelf-slot-OSC
AM2125A-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2125B-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2325B-shelf-slot-OSC
OSC-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
OSCT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-165
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
REPLUNITMISS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
REPLUNITMISS
Description
Card missing
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-166
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
REPLUNITMISS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
A2325A-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2318A-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
BTC-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
DCM-shelf-slot
FAN-shelf-slot
ITLB-shelf-1
ITLU-shelf-slot
MT0C-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-167
OSCT-shelf-slot
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
PF-{1-8}-{19,36}
RA2P-shelf-slot
REPLUNITMISS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
SFC-shelf-slot
SFD-shelf-slot
SFD44-shelf-1
SFD44B-shelf-1
SVAC-shelf-slot
USRPNL-shelf
WR-shelf-slot
WTOCM-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
Description
Card missing
Corrective Action
Description
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-168
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
REPLUNITMISS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12-shelf-slot
11QPA4-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
A2325A-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
EC-shelf-{1, 18}
FAN-shelf-slot
ITLB-shelf-1
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot
PF-{1-8}-{19,36}
RA2P-shelf-slot
SFC-shelf-slot
SFD-shelf-slot
SFD44-shelf-1
SFD44B-shelf-1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-169
SVAC-shelf-slot
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
USRPNL-shelf
WR-shelf-slot
WTOCM-shelf-slot
REPLUNITMISS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
REPLUNITMISSMOD
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-C1
112SCA1-shelf-slot-C1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
11STMM10-shelf-slot-C{1-10}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-C{1-12}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-C1
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
4DPA2-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-2}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-4}, VA{1-2}}
AM2017B-shelf-slot-OSC
AM2125B-shelf-slot-OSC
AM2325B-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPLG-shelf-slot- OSC
ALPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
OSCT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-170
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
REPLUNITMISSMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Description
Corrective Action
Proceed to REPLUNITMISSMOD
(p. 2-283).
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-C1
RFIEGR
Description
112SCA1-shelf-slot-C1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
Effect on Service
NSA
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-171
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
RFIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RFIL
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NR
AID Type
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
Effect on Service
NSA
Description
RFI Line/MS
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
SDBER
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
Effect on Service
SA
Description
Signal Degrade
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-172
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
SDBER (RS)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SDBER (RS)
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
Effect on Service
SA
Visible Indication
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-OSC
SDEG-O
AHPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPLG-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2017B-shelf-slot-OSC
AM2125A-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2125B-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2325B-shelf-slot-OSC
OSCT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
Effect on Service
NSA
OTS
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-173
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
SDEGR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SDEGR
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
43STX4-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
Effect on Service
SA
OTU2
Description
Corrective Action
SFMISMATCH
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR (except EC)
MJ (EC only)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-174
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
SFMISMATCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12-shelf-slot
11QPA4-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
A2325A-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
Equipment Controller-{1-8}-{1,18}
FLC-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
MT0C-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot
RA2P-shelf-slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-175
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
SFMISMATCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
SVAC-shelf-slot
WR-shelf-slot
WTOCM-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
LINEREFSYS-shelf-slot-{0-3}
Effect on Service
SA
LINEREF
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NR
SLTMSIG
SSF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-176
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
SSF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
112SCA1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
112SCX10-shelf-slot-L1
112SX10L-shelf-slot-L1
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4},C{1-4}}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{L1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{L1}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STA1P-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
43STX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {L1, L2}
Effect on Service
NSA
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-177
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
SSFODU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SSFODU
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NR
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
112SCA1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, C{1-4}}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{L1}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{L1},
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {L1, L2}
Effect on Service
NSA
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-178
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
SSFODUEGR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SSFODUEGR
Description
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NR
AID Type
43STX4-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
Effect on Service
NSA
OTU
Description
Corrective Action
SWEQPT
1 of 2
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
SHELF-{1-8}
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
Description
2 of 2
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-179
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
SWEQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
SWFTDWN
1 of 2
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
SYSTEM
Effect on Service
NSA
COM
Description
Corrective Action
2 of 2
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-180
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
SWFTDWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
Equipment Controller-{1-8}-{1,18}
OPS-shelf-slot
SVAC-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
SWMTXMOD
1 of 2
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
CWR-shelf-slot-Sig
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
2 of 2
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-181
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
SWMTXMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
11STMM10-shelf-slot-C{1-10}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-C{1-10}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-C1 OTU3
43STA1P-shelf-slot-C1 OC768/STM256
43STX4-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
11QPA4: 10GbE, OC192/STM64
11STAR1: 10GbE, FC1200, OC192/STM64
11STMM10: 1GbE, CBR2G5, FC100, FC200,
FC400, OC3/STM1, OC12/STM4,
OC48/STM16, OTU1
11STGE12: 1GbE
43STA1P: OC768/STM256, OTU3
43STX4 and 43STX4P: 10GbE,
OC192/STM64, OTU2
Description
Corrective Action
SWUPGCOMMIT
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
SYSTEM
Effect on Service
NSA
COM
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-182
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
SWUPGFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SWUPGFAIL
1 of 2
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
SYSTEM
Effect on Service
NSA
COM
Description
Corrective Action
2 of 2
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MN
AID Type
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
Equipment Controller-{1-8}-{1,18}
OPS-shelf-slot
SVAC-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
NSA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-183
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
SYNCOOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SYNCOOS
1 of 2
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
LINEREFSYS-shelf-slot-{0-3}
Effect on Service
SA
LINEREF
Description
Corrective Action
2 of 2
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
SYNC-shelf-slot-0
Effect on Service
NSA
LINEREF
Description
Corrective Action
SYNCREFUNEQ
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
LINEREFSYS-shelf-slot-{0-3}
Effect on Service
NSA
LINEREF
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-184
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
SYSBOOT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SYSBOOT
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
SYSTEM
Effect on Service
NSA
COM
Description
Cold Start
Warm Start
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
TIM
112SCA1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}}
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, C{1-4}}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{L1}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{L1}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {L1, L2}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-185
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
TIM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Effect on Service
SA
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
TIMEGR
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
Effect on Service
SA
OTU2
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-186
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
TIMODU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
TIMODU
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
112SCA1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{L1, C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{L1}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{L1}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{L1, C1-C10}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-L1
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {L1, L2}
Effect on Service
SA
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-187
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
TRMT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
TRMT
Description
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
112SCA1-shelf-slot-L1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-L1
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{L{1-2},C{1-12}}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-L1
11STMM10-shelf-slot-L1
11STGE12-shelf-slot-L1
43SCX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STA1P-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4-shelf-slot-L1
43STX4P-shelf-slot-L1
MVAC-shelf-slot-G{1-8}
SVAC-shelf-slot-L1
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
TRMTMOD
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-188
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
TRMTMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-C1
112SCA1-shelf-slot-C1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
11STMM10-shelf-slot-C{1-10}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-C{1-12}
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-C1
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
4DPA2-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-2}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-4}}
A2325A-shelf-slot-OSC
AM2017B-shelf-slot-OSC
AM2325B-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPLG-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2125A-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2125B-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2325B-shelf-slot-OSC
OSCT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-189
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
UNG/UNP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
UNG/UNP
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
MJ
AID Type
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{MD 1}-{MA1MA400}-MEP ID
Effect on Service
NSA
MEP
Description
Corrective Action
UNKNOWN
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-190
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
UNKNOWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2318A-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
BTC-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
DCM-shelf-slot
FAN-shelf-slot
FLC-shelf-slot
ITLB-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
MT0C-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-191
PF-{1-8}-{19,36}
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
RA2P-shelf-slot
UNKNOWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
SFC-shelf-slot
SFD-shelf-slot
SFD44-shelf-1
SFD44B-shelf-1
SVAC-shelf-slot
USRPNL-shelf
WR-shelf-slot
WTOCM-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
Description
Card unknown
Corrective Action
UNKNOWNMOD
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-192
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
UNKNOWNMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-C1
112SCA1-shelf-slot-C1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-C1
11STMM10-shelf-slot-C{1-10}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-C{1-12}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-C1
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
4DPA2-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-2}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-4}, VA{1-2}}
A2325A-shelf-slot-OSC
AM2017B-shelf-slot-OSC
AM2125B-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
AM2325B-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPLG-shelf-slot- OSC
ALPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
OSCT-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-193
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
UPM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
UPM
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
Effect on Service
SA
Description
Corrective Action
USALS (rr)
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-194
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
USALS (rr)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot-C1
112SCA1-shelf-slot-C1
112SCX10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
112SX10L-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-{C1-C12}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{C1}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C{1-10}}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{C{1-10}}
43SCX4-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
43STA1P-shelf-slot-C1
43STX4-shelf-slot- C{1-4}
43STX4P-shelf-slot-{C1-C4}
4DPA2-shelf-slot-{C1,C2}
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {C1-4}
Effect on Service
SA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-195
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
USALS (rr)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Line-freq
USLOS
AHPHG-shelf-slot-port
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Line-freq
ALPHG-shelf-slot-port
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line-freq
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line-freq
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-196
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
USLOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Effect on Service
NSA
OCH
Description
Corrective Action
USOCHCOLLISION
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
A2325A-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AHPHG-shelf-slot-port
AHPLG-shelf-slot-Line-freq
ALPHG-shelf-slot-port
ALPFGT-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AM2017B-shelf-slot-Line-freq
AM2325B-shelf-slot-Line-freq
OSCT-shelf-slot-Line-freq
Effect on Service
NSA
OCH
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-197
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
VCGLOA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VCGLOA
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
Effect on Service
SA
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
AID Type
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C1-10}
Effect on Service
SA
Description
Corrective Action
VCGSSF
VOLTAGEHIGH
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-198
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
VOLTAGEHIGH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
AM2325B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
Equipment Controller-{1-8}-{1,18}
FLC-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
MT0C-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot
RA2P-shelf-slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-199
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
VOLTAGEHIGH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
SVAC-shelf-slot
USRPNL-shelf
WR-shelf-slot
WTOCM-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
VOLTAGELOW
Description
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
CR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-200
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
VOLTAGELOW
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
AID Type
112SA1L-shelf-slot
112SCA1-shelf-slot
112SCX10-shelf-slot
112SX10L-shelf-slot
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
11DPM12-shelf-slot
11STAR1-shelf-slot
11STMM10-shelf-slot
11STGE12-shelf-slot
43SCX4-shelf-slot
43STA1P-shelf-slot
43STX4-shelf-slot
43STX4P-shelf-slot
4DPA2-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPLG-shelf-slot
ALPHG-shelf-slot
ALPFGT-shelf-slot
AM2017B-shelf-slot
AM2125A-shelf-slot
AM2125B-shelf-slot
CWR-shelf-slot
Equipment Controller-{1-8}-{1,18}
FLC-shelf-slot
MESH-shelf-slot
MT0C-shelf-slot
MVAC-shelf-slot
OPS-shelf-slot
OSCT-shelf-slot
RA2P-shelf-slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-201
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
VOLTAGELOW
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
SVAC-shelf-slot
USRPNL-shelf
WR-shelf-slot
WTOCM-shelf-slot
Effect on Service
SA
EQPT
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
NA
AID Type
11DPE12-shelf-slot- {L1,L2}-{VTS1-VTS32}
VTSFDI
11DPE12E-shelf-slot- {L1,L2}-{VTS1VTS100}
Effect on Service
NSA
10GbE
VTS
Description
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-202
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
VTSOCI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VTSOCI
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Levels
MJ
AID Type
11DPE12-shelf-slot- {L1,L2}-{VTS1-VTS32}
11DPE12E-shelf-slot- {L1,L2}-{VTS1VTS100}
Effect on Service
SA
10GbE
VTS
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{C1-C12}
WKSWBK
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{C1}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{C{1-10}}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C{1-10}}
4DPA2-shelf-slot-{C1,C2}
4DPA4-1-{7, 8}-C{1- 4}
OPS-shelf-slot-{A, B}
Effect on Service
NSA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-203
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
WKSWBK
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
11DPE12: 1GbE
11QPA4: 10GbE, FC800, FC1200,
OC192/STM64
11STAR1: 10GbE, FC1200, OC192/STM64
11STMM10: 1GbE, CBR2G5, FC100, FC200,
FC400, OC3/STM1, OC12/STM4,
OC48/STM16, OTU1
11STGE12: 1GbE
4DPA2: 1GbE, OC48/STM16
4DPA4: 1GbE, CBRAR, FC100, FC200,
OC3/STM1, OC12/STM4, OC48/STM16
OPS: OCH
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{C1-C12}
WKSWPR
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4}
11STAR1-shelf-slot-{C1}
11STGE12-shelf-slot-{C{1-10}}
11STMM10-shelf-slot-{C{1-10}}
4DPA2-shelf-slot-{C1,C2}
4DPA4-1-{7, 8}-C{1- 4}
OPS-shelf-slot-{A, B}
Effect on Service
NSA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-204
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
WKSWPR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
11DPE12: 1GbE
11QPA4: 10GbE, FC800, FC1200,
OC192/STM64
11STAR1: 10GbE, FC1200, OC192/STM64
11STMM10: 1GbE, CBR2G5, FC100, FC200,
FC400, OC3/STM1, OC12/STM4,
OC48/STM16, OTU1
11STGE12: 1GbE
4DPA2: 1GbE, OC48/STM16
4DPA4: 1GbE, CBRAR, FC100, FC200,
OC3/STM1, OC12/STM4, OC48/STM16
OPS: OCH
Description
Corrective Action
Alarm Data
Value/Meaning
Severity Level
Not alarmed
AID Type
LINEREFSYS-shelf-slot-{0-3}
Effect on Service
NSA
LINEREF
Description
Corrective Action
WTR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-205
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
WTR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
1-206
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
2rouble-clearing
T
procedures
Overview
Purpose
This chapter contains the trouble-clearing procedures required to clear the conditions for
the 1830 Photonic Service Switch 32/16/4.
Contents
Safety statements
2-18
2-18
Safety precautions
2-19
AISL
2-20
AIS Line/MS
2-20
2-21
AIS - ODU
2-23
AIS - OTU
2-24
ALLCHANMISS
2-24
2-24
2-26
ALLCHANMISS-OUT
2-26
2-26
AMPDISABLED
2-29
2-29
APRLINE
2-30
2-30
APRNODE
2-32
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-1
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-32
APROSC
2-32
2-32
APRSWITCH
2-33
2-33
APRTOPO
2-34
2-34
APRUNAVAIL
2-34
2-34
APRUNAVAILOSC
2-36
2-36
APSB
2-36
2-36
APSCM
2-38
2-38
APSMM
2-41
2-41
AUTHFAIL
2-43
2-43
AUTORESET
2-44
2-44
AUTOSWTIMREF
2-45
2-45
B1SD
2-45
2-45
BASELINE
2-46
BASELINE
2-46
BDI
2-47
2-47
BDIEGR
2-48
2-48
BDIODU
2-49
2-49
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-2
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CARDINIT
2-50
2-50
CONFIGFAIL
2-51
2-51
CONTCOM
2-52
2-52
2-53
CONTEQPT
2-54
2-54
CONTR
2-55
2-55
CONTR-OUT
2-56
2-57
CRDINIT
2-58
2-58
DATAERR
2-59
2-59
DATAFLT
2-60
2-60
DBBKUP-IP
2-62
2-62
DBFL
2-63
2-63
DBFT
2-63
2-63
DBINVALID
2-64
2-64
DBMEMTRF
2-65
2-65
DBRSTR-IP
2-67
2-67
DBUNSYNC
2-68
DBUNSYNC (The active and standby Main EC databases are not synchronized)
2-68
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-3
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DEGOTU
2-68
2-68
DISCOVERMOD
2-69
2-69
DORMANTUSER
2-71
2-71
ETHCSF
2-71
2-71
EQPT
2-72
2-72
2-73
EQPTBOOT
2-74
2-74
EQPTDGR
2-75
2-75
2-77
EQPTDGROCH
2-78
2-78
EQPTDGR-OUT
2-79
2-80
EQPTDGROCH-OUT
2-81
2-81
EQPTPORT
2-82
2-83
EBER
2-84
2-84
2-86
ENV
2-88
2-88
EXCESSLOAD
2-88
2-88
FACTERM-DEV
2-89
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-4
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-89
FANSPEEDHIGH
2-90
2-90
FANSPEEDLOW
2-91
2-91
FANSPEEDMAN
2-92
2-92
FECECSD
2-93
2-93
FECUBCSD
2-93
2-93
FELANLFI
2-94
2-94
FELANLOS
2-95
2-95
FELANLSS
2-96
2-96
FELANRFI
2-97
2-97
FELOS
2-97
2-97
FEPORTMISMATCH
2-98
2-98
FEPRLF
2-99
2-99
FPGAFAIL
2-100
2-100
FPGAINIT
2-101
2-101
FPGATIMEOUT
2-102
2-102
FRCDSWTIMREF
2-102
2-102
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-5
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FRCDWKSWBK
2-103
2-103
FRCDWKSWPR
2-104
2-104
FRNGSYNC
2-105
2-105
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
2-105
2-105
FWUPGRADEPENDING
2-106
2-106
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
2-108
2-108
HIBER
2-109
2-109
HIGAIN
2-110
2-110
HLDOVRSYNC
2-112
2-112
HWNOTSUPPORTED
2-112
2-112
INSERTMOD
2-113
2-113
INTTEMPHIGH
2-114
2-114
INTTEMPLOW
2-114
2-114
INTTEMPOPT
2-115
2-115
INTRUSION
2-116
INTRUSION
2-116
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-6
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-117
INVALIDEGRESS
2-117
2-118
INVALIDTHRESHOLD
2-118
INVALIDTHRESHOLD
2-118
INVENTORYERROR
2-119
2-119
LANLFI
2-120
2-120
LANLOS
2-121
2-121
LANLSS
2-122
2-122
LANRFI
2-123
2-124
LASEREOL
2-125
2-125
LCK
2-126
2-126
LCKEGR
2-127
2-127
LFD
2-127
2-128
LFIEGR
2-129
2-129
LINKDOWN
2-129
2-129
LINKUP
2-131
2-131
LOAM
2-132
2-132
LOC
2-132
2-132
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-7
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOCKOUTOFPR
2-133
2-133
LOCKOUTOFTIMREF
2-134
2-135
LOF
2-135
2-135
2-137
2-139
2-142
LOFEGR
2-144
2-144
LOGAIN
2-145
2-145
LOM
2-146
2-146
LOS
2-148
2-148
2-150
LD Input LOS
2-153
2-155
2-157
Input LOS
2-160
2-161
LOSDCM
2-162
2-162
LOSLDSIG
2-164
2-164
LOSOCM
2-166
2-166
LOS-O
2-167
2-167
LOS-OUT
2-169
2-169
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-8
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOS-P
2-172
2-172
LPBKLINE
2-173
2-173
LPBKTERM
2-174
2-174
LSPOW_ALM_W
2-175
2-175
LSTEMP_ALM_W
2-176
2-176
LSSEGR
2-177
2-177
MAN
2-177
2-177
2-179
2-180
2-180
MANRESET
2-181
2-181
MANSWTIMREF
2-182
2-182
MANSWTOINT
2-182
2-182
MANWKSWBK
2-183
2-183
MANWKSWPR
2-184
2-184
MISMATCH
2-185
2-185
2-186
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-9
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-189
2-191
MISMATCHMOD
2-192
2-192
MIXEDPFUSED
2-193
2-193
MMG
2-194
MMG (Mismerge)
2-194
MOD
2-195
2-195
MODOUTOOR
2-197
2-197
MSIM
2-198
2-198
MTCESURV
2-199
2-199
MTCESURVDGR
2-200
2-200
NET
2-202
2-202
NOTALLOWED
2-205
2-205
NTPOOSYNC
2-205
2-205
OAPUMPBIASCURRHIGH
2-207
2-207
OAPUMPTEMPHIGH
2-208
2-208
OCHCOLLISION
2-208
2-208
OCHCOLLISION-OUT
2-211
2-211
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-10
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OCHFDI
2-213
2-213
OCHPDI
2-215
2-215
OCHKEYDUP
2-217
2-217
OCHKEYOVERLAP
2-218
2-218
OCHTRAILDUP
2-219
2-219
2-221
OCHTRAILUNKNOWN
2-221
2-221
OCHUNKNOWN
2-223
2-223
OCHUNKNOWN-OUT
2-225
2-225
OCI
2-226
2-226
OCIEGR
2-227
2-227
OPR
2-228
2-228
OPRLOSSHIGH
2-230
2-230
OPRLOSSLOW
2-231
2-231
OPRPWRHIGH
2-233
2-233
OPRPWRLOW
2-235
2-235
OPROOR
2-236
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-11
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-237
OPR-OUT
2-238
2-238
OPRTX
2-239
2-239
OPRUNACHIEVE
2-241
2-241
OPTINTBASE
2-244
2-244
OPTINTDET
2-245
2-245
OPTINTSUSP
2-245
2-245
OSCSSF
2-247
2-247
PCSGENERATOR
2-248
2-248
PLM
2-248
2-248
PLMEGR
2-249
2-249
PRCDRERR
2-250
PRCDRERR
2-250
2-251
2-252
2-253
PWR
2-254
PWR
2-254
PWR (Power Filter 1 breaker off or voltage low) PWR (Power Filter 2 breaker
off or voltage low)
2-255
PWRADJCOMMS
2-256
2-256
PWRADJFAIL
2-257
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-12
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-257
2-259
2-263
PWRADJREQ
2-265
2-265
PWRMARGIN
2-266
2-266
PWRMAXGAIN
2-267
2-267
PWRSUSP
2-270
2-270
2-272
2-274
PWRTILTSUSP
2-276
2-276
RAMANSUP
2-276
2-276
RCVROPTPROG
2-278
2-278
RDI
2-279
2-279
REMOVEMOD
2-280
2-280
REPLUNITMISS
2-281
2-281
REPLUNITMISSMOD
2-283
2-283
RFIEGR
2-284
2-284
RFIL
2-285
2-285
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-13
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SDBER
2-286
2-287
2-288
SDEG-O
2-288
2-288
SDEGR
2-291
2-291
SFMISMATCH
2-292
2-292
SLTMSIG
2-293
SLTMSIG (Timing reference frequency has moved off the required accuracy
limits (not Protected or Protection not Available))
2-293
SSF
2-294
2-294
SSFODU
2-295
2-295
SSFODUEGR
2-297
2-297
SWEQPT
2-299
2-299
2-300
2-304
SWFTDWN
2-305
2-305
2-306
2-307
SWMTXMOD
2-307
SWMTXMOD
2-307
2-308
2-310
SWUPGCOMMIT
2-310
2-310
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-14
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SWUPGFAIL
2-311
2-311
SYNCOOS
2-316
2-316
2-317
2-318
SYNREFFAIL
2-318
2-318
SYNREFUNEQ
2-319
2-319
SYSBOOT
2-319
2-319
TIM
2-321
2-321
2-322
2-324
TIMEGR
2-325
2-325
TIMODU
2-327
2-327
TRMT
2-328
2-328
TRMTMOD
2-330
2-330
UNG/UNP
2-331
UNG/UNP
2-331
UNKNOWN
2-332
2-332
UNKNOWNMOD
2-334
2-334
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-15
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
UPM
2-336
2-336
URU
2-337
2-337
2-338
2-338
2-338
2-339
2-339
2-339
USALS
2-341
2-341
USLOS
2-343
2-343
USOCHCOLLISION
2-345
2-345
VCGLOA
2-346
2-346
VCGSSF
2-348
2-348
VOLTAGEHIGH
2-349
2-349
VOLTAGELOW
2-350
2-350
VTSFDI
2-351
2-352
VTSOCI
2-352
2-352
WKSWBK
2-353
2-353
WKSWPR
2-356
2-356
WTR
2-357
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-16
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-357
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-17
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
Safety statements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Safety statements
Structure of safety statements
Overview
This topic describes the components of safety statements that appear in this document.
General structure
E
L
MP
CAUTION
Lifting hazard
SA
F
G
H
Item
Structure element
Purpose
Safety symbol
Signal word
Hazard type
Safety message
Avoidance message
Identifier
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-18
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
Safety statements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Signal words
Meaning
DANGER
WARNING
CAUTION
NOTICE
Safety precautions
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
Disconnecting cables and/or replacing circuit packs may disrupt service.
Before taking action, determine the extent of service disruption caused by disconnecting
cables or replacing a circuit pack. Then, perform the action(s) deemed appropriate in
light of the traffic being carried and the nature of the failure.
Many trouble-clearing procedures require actions that are service affecting. These actions
are indicated by a caution message indicating the extent of the service disruption as
shown above.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-19
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
AISL
AIS Line/MS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AISL
AIS Line/MS
The card is receiving AISL from the equipment connected to the client receive port. This
condition on a network port occurs when some upstream line terminating equipment is
exhibiting a failure that sends an AISL signal to the downstream line terminating entity.
This is a non-reportable condition and the user must manually retrieve the condition from
the NE or card to view it. This alarm applies to transparent services.
Severity
Not reported
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-20
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
AISL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If it does not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
show condition
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the equipment that is connected to the client port where the AISL condition is
being raised. Refer to the manufacturer's user manuals to determine if the equipment is
generating the AISL condition and resolve the condition. If the external equipment is not
transmitting the AISL condition then the problem is with the card where the AISL
condition is raised.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset of the card on the local card where the AISL condition is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-21
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
AISL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-22
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
AISL
AIS - ODU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AIS - ODU
The AIS ODU condition indicates that the OT port has detected an ODU-AIS at the
ODUk level.
This condition may be caused by the following reasons:
Severity
Not reported
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
11QPA4, 43STX4P
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-23
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
AISL
AIS - OTU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AIS - OTU
The AIS OTU condition indicates that the OT port has detected an OTU-AIS at the
ODUk level.
This condition may be caused by the following reasons:
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
11QPA4, 43STX4P
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If it does not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check if the connected equipment is provisioned to send OTU-AIS pattern. Provision the
connected equipment to send a normal OTU signal.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the client equipment does not send OTU-AIS, perform the corrective actions in the
procedure LOF (Loss Of Frame) (p. 2-135).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
ALLCHANMISS
ALLCHANMISS (C-Band Loss of signal); ALLCHANMISS-OUT
The All channels missing defect (ALLCHANMISS and ALLCHANMISS-OUT) is
monitored at the OTS layer. ALLCHANMISS is raised when all cross connected optical
channels are reported missing by WaveTracker. This defect applies to all line driver (LD)
packs. It also applies to both ingress and egress amps.
At the ingress amp it is at {LD}-<shelf>-<slot>-LineIn. At the egress amp it is at
{LD}-<shelf>-<slot>-SigIn.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-24
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
ALLCHANMISS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This defect is relative to those channels that have been provisioned and now, for whatever
reason, are no longer being detected. In order to look at the probable cause, by way of the
WEBUI or the PhM, retrieve all cross-connects and then look at the AZ , ZA or both
directions light path. If in CLI, enter sh xc * and then check the power levels for the
appropriate channels.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-25
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
ALLCHANMISS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
Perform the procedure Path Power Trace (p. 3-8) to identify the probable network
trouble point for the lightpath and resolve issues/alarms at the trouble point. This may
involve performing the steps in ALLCHANMISS-OUT (p. 2-26) at the NE containing
the trouble point(s).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the problem persists, attempt an egress adjust on the egress amplifier on the NE
identified in Step 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
The gain range provisioned by the EPT for this amplifier is insufficient to accommodate
the unexpected change in loss in the network. Refer the problem to network planning.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
ALLCHANMISS-OUT
ALLCHANMISS-OUT (C-Band Loss of signal)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-26
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
ALLCHANMISS-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
No C-Band channels are detected leaving from (transmitted by) the amplifier SIG port,
but the NE has at least one service successfully launched and the amplifier link has been
successfully received.
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
This alarm is the result of a problem internal to this NE.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the procedure Path Power Trace (p. 3-8) to identify the probable network
trouble point for the lightpath. This will identify the cards and ports on this NE to look at
first during this procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Identify the cards that are in the NE through path and confirm that all ports and cards on
the through path are administratively up
1. To examine the card state, enter the following command. Observe the admin state and
operational state of each of the cards along the THRU path:
CLI
show slot *
2. Set any of the cards that are administratively down to up. To bring a card Admin Up:
CLI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-27
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
ALLCHANMISS-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3. To examine the port state, enter the following command. Observe the administrative
state and operational state of each of the ports along the THRU path:
CLI
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired port.
4. Set any of the ports that are administratively down to up. To bring a port Admin Up:
CLI
config interface
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examine the status of the cross-connects that pass through the port
1. List the cross-connects:
CLI
show xc brief
WEBUI
Verify that the cards and ports upstream of the LD's DCM or Line In port (that is, within
the NE for Egress amp, line port faces external to the NE for Ingress amp) are alarm free.
Resolve any alarms on cards/ports that are upstream of the LD pack, using the
information gathered in Step 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that there is a fiber properly plugged into the LD's DCM or Line In port, that the
fiber is the correct type, and that the other end of the fiber is connected properly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that the input power to the alarmed port is within limits:
CLI
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-28
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
ALLCHANMISS-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the power is too low, verify that the fiber is not damaged or dirty, and clean or replace if
necessary.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the problem is not resolved, then replace the card. Refer to Replacing System
Components (p. 3-20).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
AMPDISABLED
AMPDISABLED (Amplifier Disabled)
The amplifier was disabled because of a temperature problem.
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-29
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
AMPDISABLED
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Determine if there are any temperature alarms on the shelf. If so, check the airflow of the
shelf, filler card presence, and ambient air temperature. Resolve any air flow obstructions
or air-conditioner issues.
CLI
alm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
APRLINE
APRLINE (APR Active - Line)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-30
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
APRLINE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The automatic power reduction mode has been invoked on the optical line. The APRLINE
condition is reported against the egress amplifier when a LOS is detected on the ingress
amplifier, or as a result of OSC failure, when the span is equipped with an RA2P. The
APRLINE condition is raised against the output port of the egress amplifier. If the egress
is a unidirectional amplifier (AM2125A, AM2125B), the condition is raised against the
Line port. If the egress is a bidirectional amplifier, the condition is raised against the Sig
port.
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Determine the ingress amplifier that is connected to the egress amplifier reporting the
APR condition.
CLI
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
alm
TL1
RTRV-ALM-OTS
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check that the OSCs at both ends of the span are set to OC3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
The APRLINE condition will automatically clear up to 100 seconds after the ingress LOS
condition has been cleared.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-31
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
APRNODE
APRNODE (APR Active - Node)
When an LD is used that contains a high-power optical amplifier (>20 dBm), if there is an
LOS condition within the node that could carry high power from the LD, then the output
power from the LD is reduced to a safe level. The condition will automatically clear up to
100 seconds after the LOS condition within the node has cleared. APRNODE can also
occur briefly after some other APR conditions clear.
After a condition that leads to the complete shutdown has cleared, the amplifier will
return to eye-safe level ( 10 dBm), then will go back up to the greater that 10 dBm level
before the failure. The software will check whether all monitored connections are
receiving power. APRNODE will be active during this time. Once the checks have been
completed, APRNODE will clear automatically.
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
APROSC
APROSC (APR Limited - OSC SFP failure condition)
The APROSC condition occurs when the SFP on the line-terminating LD is removed, or
if the SFP fails. An LD with a high-power optical amplifier (> 20 dBm) is either at an ILA
or at the egress position at an add/drop node, and launches into a span that has either (1)
OSC disabled or (2) OSC provisioned to 100base-FX.
Severity
Major
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-32
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
APROSC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the OSC provisioning at both ends of the span by looking at the connected ingress
LD for the A2325A or AM2325B, and also at the ingress LD at the far end of the span.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Set both OSCs to OC3. The condition will automatically clear within 100 seconds.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
APRSWITCH
APRSWITCH (APR Active Port Switch)
Some EDFA and Raman amplifier circuit packs that are capable of producing high output
power, exceeding class 1M limits, are equipped with port switches on the high-power
ports. Before a fiber jumper can be disconnected from the high-power port, a cover must
be removed from the faceplate. A switch within the pack detects the cover removal and
shuts off the amplifier within the circuit pack. After the cover is reinstalled on the circuit
pack, the amplifier will restart and the alarm will clear automatically.
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-33
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
APRTOPO
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
APRTOPO
APRTOPO (APR Active - Invalid Topology)
When an LD is used that contains a high-power optical amplifier (>20 dBm), certain ports
within the add/drop node or ILA must be monitored for possible fiber breaks. These
monitored ports check for LOS, and upon detecting LOS, cause an APRNODE condition.
Software checks that a valid topology is in place (including all necessary monitoring
ports) before allowing the LD to turn on. When a topology has been provisioned and
validated by software, the alarm will clear and the optical amplifier in the LD will be
allowed to turn on. When a topology is first being entered, the alarm will be present until
all topological connections that must be monitored have been entered. If the optical
amplifier is on, but a monitored topological connection is deleted, the optical amplifier
will shut down. It will remain off until after a new topology is created and validated by
software.
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
APRUNAVAIL
APRUNAVAIL (APR unavailable - monitoring card booting)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-34
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
APRUNAVAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A card that is monitored for APRLINE or APRNODE undergoes a soft reboot. For
APRLINE, this means the line-terminating LD card, and only applies to ILAs or add/drop
nodes with egress LDs. For APRNODE, this means any card within a node that could
receive high power from an LD equipped with a high-power optical amplifier. The optical
amplifiers will remain turned on during this condition. Transmission is not affected, but
APR is not available until the reboot has been completed.
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
The alarm clears automatically after the reboot has been completed. No corrective action
is required.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-35
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
APRUNAVAILOSC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
APRUNAVAILOSC
APRUNAVAILOSC (APR Limited - OSC SFP failure)
The OSC SFP fails or is removed from a line terminating card. When this failure occurs,
APR will not function in all cases for span cuts, and recovery will not be possible. The
optical amplifiers will remain turned on during this condition. The alarm will clear when
the SFP is replaced.
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
APSB
APSB (APS protection switching byte failure)
An APS Protection Switching Byte Failure can occur only when the protection group is
configured for bi-directional switching. This condition indicates that the protection
switching bytes received on the protection channel contain an invalid or inconsistent
value.
Severity
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-36
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
APSB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Observe the protection information presented in the APSB condition. Note the protection
group information and the cards involved.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Login to the near end NE and perform the procedure Determining the Far End of a
Service (p. 3-10) to determine the NE and card that link directly to the (near-end) card
reporting the APSB alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Open a new window and log into the far-end NE identified in Step 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Enter the following commands on both the near-end and far-end NEs to confirm that the
protection group is configured as desired.
CLI
1. Ensure that the near-end and far-end interfaces are in the same protection group.
2. Check the directionality of the protection group.
3. Validate that the protection group has a valid working and protection path.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Using the data obtained in Step 1 and Step 4, confirm that the working cards are paired up
and that the protection cards are paired up.
1. Confirm that the topology matches the programmed topology.
CLI
WEBUI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-37
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
APSB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2. Verify that the optical patch cord to the protect interface at the near end is connected
to the protect interface at the far end. Reconfigure and reconnect the optical patch
cords to the protect members if they are not.
3. Verify that the optical patch cord to the working interface at the near end is connected
to the working interface at the far end. Reconfigure and reconnect the optical patch
cords to the working members if they are not.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Enter the following commands at both the near-end and far-end NEs to confirm that the
card types at the near end and far end are the same.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
APSCM
APSCM (APS Channel Mismatch)
The expected channel has not bridged onto the protection channel at the far end as per the
switch request from the near end.
The APS channel mismatch alarm applies only to protection groups configured to perform
bidirectional switching. This alarm indicates that the far end is not responding to near-end
switch requests as expected. This can occur under any the following situations:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-38
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
APSCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
Replacing and reconnecting optical patch cords may be service affecting. It is
recommended to replace and reconnect optical patch cords during a maintenance
window.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Observe the protection information presented in the APSCM condition. Note the
protection group information and the cards involved.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Login to the near end NE and perform the procedure Determining the Far End of a
Service (p. 3-10) to determine the NE and card that link directly to the (near-end) card
reporting the APSCM alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Open a new window and log into the far-end NE identified in Step 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Enter the following commands on both the near-end and far-end NEs to confirm that the
protection group is configured as desired.
CLI
1. Ensure that the near-end and far-end interfaces are in the same protection group.
2. Check the direction of the protection group.
3. Validate that the protection group has a valid working and protection path.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-39
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
APSCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Using the data obtained in Step 1 and Step 4, confirm that the working cards are paired up
and that the protection cards are paired up.
1. Confirm that the topology matches the programmed topology.
CLI
WEBUI
2. Verify that the optical patch cord to the protect interface at the near end is connected
to the protect interface at the far end. Reconfigure and reconnect the optical patch
cords to the protect members if they are not.
3. Verify that the optical patch cord to the working interface at the near end is connected
to the working interface at the far end. Reconfigure and reconnect the optical patch
cords to the working members if they are not.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Enter the following commands at both the near-end and far-end NEs to confirm that the
card types at the near end and far end are the same.
CLI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select Administration > Software > Upgrade and view the Status field.
If the card is in the upgrade state then wait for upgrade to complete. The upgrade is
complete when the action progress is 100% and the action status is complete. The near
end alarm should clear after the upgrade is complete.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the problem persists, invoke a manual switch onto the currently active line.
1. Determine the currently active line:
CLI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-40
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
APSCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2. Perform a manual switch to the active line. For example, if the working path is
currently active then the following commands would be used.
CLI
If the protection path is currently active then the following commands would be used.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
APSMM
APSMM (APS Mode Mismatch)
An APS Mode Mismatch failure occurs when there is a mismatch of the protection
switching settings at the two ends of the span. The alarm is raised if one end is configured
for bi-directional switching while the other end is configured for unidirectional switching.
The system behavior in the alarmed state is as follows:
The NE configured for bi-directional switching raises the APS Mode Mismatch alarm.
The protection group operates in uni-directional switching mode until the alarm is
cleared.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-41
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
APSMM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Determine the port that is reporting the APSMM alarm. This is the port at the end of the
protection group currently configured for bidirectional switching.
CLI
alm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Display the protection group for the associated shelf/slot/port that is raising the Mode
Mismatch alarm:
CLI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the network plan to determine the desired directionality for the protection group.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the desired directionality for the protection group is unidirectional, change the
protection mode at the near end to uni-directional:
CLI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the desired directionality for the protection group is bi-directional, change the
protection mode at the far end to bi-directional:
1. Determine the NE and card that link directly to the (near-end) card reporting the
APSMM alarm. Perform the procedure Determining the Far End of a Service
(p. 3-10).
2. Login to the far-end NE.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-42
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
APSMM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3. Display the protection group for the associated shelf/slot/port on the far end NE, as
determined in item1 above. This is the port at the end of the protection group
currently configured for uni-directional switching.
CLI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
AUTHFAIL
AUTHFAIL (Authentication Failure)
The AUTHFAIL autonomous message is issued after an invalid login attempt is detected.
Severity
TC
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
SYSTEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-43
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
AUTORESET
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AUTORESET
AUTORESET (Card Autonomous Reset)
The addressed card or slot is performing an autonomous reset.
The AUTORESET condition is issued as a transient condition to inform you that a reset
of a pack has started. There is no corrective action to perform. Any failures on the pack
will be reported after the reset completes.
Severity
NA
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-44
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
AUTOSWTIMREF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AUTOSWTIMREF
AUTOSWTIMREF (Automatic Switch Timing Reference)
The OT port has detected an AUTOSWTIMREF condition at the LINEREF layer. A
LINEREF detects LINEREF during the automatic switch of a timing reference due to
failure, or quality change/priority changes of timing references.
Severity
NA
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
LINEREFSYS
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
B1SD
B1SD (B1 Signal Degrade)
The OT port has detected Excessive BER on the OC-n/STM-n port of the 11STAR1 card.
This defect indicates that a local OC-n/STM-n port has detected a BER that exceeds
selected threshold. The default value is 10-6 for STM-64 (also from STM-16, STM-4,
STM-1), and 10-7 for STM-256.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-45
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
B1SD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
11STAR1
This procedure details the corrective action for an B1SD against the OT port. At the end
of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the steps in the procedure, SDBER (p. 2-286) to clear this alarm.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
BASELINE
BASELINE
The BASELINE autonomous message is a transient condition issued after a analog PM
baseline operation is executed.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
Severity
TC
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-46
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
BDI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BDI
Backward Defect Indication (BDI) - OTU
The OT port has detected a Backward Defect Indication at the OTUk Section layer. This
defect indicates that the peer OTUk port has detected a condition that is treated as Server
Signal Failure (conditions such as LOS, LOF or LOM would contribute to SSF)
This may be caused by the following reasons:
A misconnected, damaged or dirty fiber on the trail between the local OTUk port
transmitter and the far end receiver
Severity
NA
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
This procedure details the corrective action for a BDI against the OT port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Identify the farthest upstream alarm/condition relative to the far end OTUk port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the peer OTUk port is in a client domain (this would be the case when BDI is detected
on a client OT port provisioned as OTU2), request corrective action by client operators.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-47
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BDIEGR
BDIEGR (Egress Backward Defect Indication - ODU)
The OT port has detected a Backward Defect Indication at the OTUk Section layer
transmitting out of the client port. This defect indicates that the peer OTUk port has
detected a condition that is treated as Server Signal Failure (conditions such as LOS, LOF
or LOM would contribute to SSF).
This may be caused by the following reasons:
A misconnected, damaged or dirty fiber on the trail between the local OTUk port
transmitter and the far end receiver
OTS/OMS layer failure on the OCh trail
The received power may not be within the acceptable range on the Far end input
Severity
NR
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for a BDIEGR against the OT port. At the end
of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Identify the farthest upstream alarm/condition relative to the far end OTUk port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the peer OTUk port is in a client domain (this would be the case when BDI is detected
on a client OT port provisioned as OTU2), request corrective action by client operators.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-48
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BDIODU
Backward Defect Indication (BDI) - ODU
The OT port has detected a Backward Defect Indication at the ODUk Path layer. This
defect indicates that the peer OTUk port has detected a condition that is treated as Server
Signal Failure (conditions such as LOS, LOF, LOM, TIM, ODU-AIS, ODU-OCI or
ODU-LCK would contribute to SSF).
This may be caused by the following reasons:
A misconnected, damaged or dirty fiber on the trail between the local OTUk port
transmitter and the far end receiver
OTS/OMS layer failure on the OCh trail
The received power may not be within the acceptable range on the Far end input
Severity
Not reported
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
This procedure details the corrective action for a BDI against the OT port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Identify the farthest upstream alarm/condition relative to the far end OTUk port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the peer OTUk port is in a client domain (this would be the case when BDI is detected
on a client OT port provisioned as OTU2), request corrective action by client operators.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-49
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CARDINIT
CARDINIT (Card Initializing)
The card is in the process of initializing.
Severity
Not reported
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
All cards
Corrective Action
This condition should clear by itself, or be replaced by another card alarm. No corrective
action is required.
The condition clears or is replaced by a card alarm. If the alarm does not clear, then
follow the procedure CONTEQPT (Card Failure - Device) (p. 2-54).
Note: To get correct PM counts after an MSC cold reboot, initialize the PM registers.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-50
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
CONFIGFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CONFIGFAIL
CONFIGFAIL (Line Card Configuration Failed)
Severity
TC
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
All cards
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-51
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
CONTCOM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CONTCOM
CONTCOM (Card Failure - Communication)
The CONTCOM alarm is raised by the active EC when it cannot communicate to the
standby EC or any other card in the system that does not have a higher priority equipment
failure.
The NE has detected the presence of a card, but is unable to establish internal
communications with it. Possible causes for this alarm are:
A faulty card
A misconfigured/invalid shelf ID
A problem with the backplane
A cable has been cut or disconnected from one end or the other
The subtended shelf has been turned off
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-52
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
CONTCOM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For more information, refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch Release
3.6.0 Installation Guide.
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
SHELF-{2-8}
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When adding a new subshelf , the rotary dial should be configured with valid shelf ids
(0x02 to 0x18). Check the rotary dial and set it to a valid shelf ID, if applicable.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Locate the intershelf timing and control cable on the active master shelf controller and
observe the link status LED on the connector.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the cable is connected and the link status LED is off, verify that the cable is properly
connected at both ends and reconnect it if necessary.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the link status LED remains off when the cable is reconnected, verify that the
subtended shelf is powered on.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the subtended shelf is powered on and the cable is connected but the link status LED
remains off, ensure that there is at least one working Equipment Controller in the
subtended shelf (both Activity and Status LEDs should be green). Do not proceed until
there is a working Equipment Controller in the subtended shelf. Once there is at least one
working Equipment Controller in the subtended shelf, replace the intershelf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-53
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
CONTCOM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
communications and timing cable and see if the link comes back up.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
CONTEQPT
CONTEQPT (Card Failure - Device)
The CONTEQPT condition indicates a fault on the Equipment Controller that has caused
the system to declare a hardware failure. This condition may be declared due to a failure
in the SEEP or other unknown hardware failures. This is a major non-service affecting
alarm for the Equipment Controller and causes a redundancy switch to the mate.
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-54
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
CONTEQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
CONTR
CONTR (Port degrade - wavelength tracker failure)
The Wavelength Tracker on this card has detected an internal fault. The Wavelength
Tracker information generated may be inaccurate. Channels may be declared absent
and/or detected channels powers for this channel instance may not accurately represent
the actual channel power.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Note: Until this alarm is cleared, Wavelength Tracker information for the detect points
on-card are invalid.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-55
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
CONTR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
CONTR-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-56
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
CONTR-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Note: Until this alarm is cleared, wavelength tracking information for the detect
points on the card are invalid.
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-57
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
CONTR-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
CRDINIT
CRDINIT (Card Identification Event)
The CRDINIT transient condition indicates that a new card has been inserted in the 1830
PSS. It will be followed by the CARDINIT standing condition as the card begins
initialization.
Severity
TC
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
All cards
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-58
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
DATAERR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DATAERR
DATAERR (Data Error or Timeout)
The Data Error or Timeout condition is raised when the card software's CM Agent
receives one of three errors from the lower level software:
Bad parameters (ProvFailBadParams) - the lower level software thinks the values sent
are invalid
Failure (ProvFail) - the lower level software returns an error (this is the type of error
that is not definitely a hardware failure)
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the card that has the DATAERR condition raised against it:
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-59
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
DATAERR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the Equipment Controller. This will cause a Equipment
Controller switch in a redundant configuration.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Delete the services and de-provision the alarmed card. Re-provision the card with the
same parameters as was previously done.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the alarmed card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
DATAFLT
DATAFLT (Card Provisioning Failure)
The Card Provisioning Failure may be raised if a card rejects the provisioning parameters
given to it by the Equipment Controller upon a reset or due to a user provisioning action.
This may indicate a discrepancy on the database of the Equipment Controller or may
indicate a problem with the software.
The card, against which the DATAFLT condition is raised, may not be able to provide
services since some or all of the provisioning parameters were rejected.
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
No
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-60
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
DATAFLT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Determine if there is a software mismatch on the NE. If so, resolve the software issue
first. The NE should be running with a committed software load.
CLI
WEBUI
Select Administration > Software > Upgrade and view the Status field.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the card that has the DATAFLT condition raised against it:
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the Equipment Controller. This will cause a Equipment
Controller switch in a redundant configuration.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-61
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
DATAFLT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Delete the services and de-provision the alarmed card. Re-provision the card with the
same parameters as was previously done.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the alarmed card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
DBBKUP-IP
DBBKUP-IP (Database Backup In-Progress)
The database backup is in-progress. The NE will raise the DBBKUP-IP standing
condition during database backup, at the start of the file transfer
Severity
NA
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
SYSTEM
Corrective Action
The NE will clear the DBBKUP-IP standing condition when the database backup file
transfer has completed successfully, failed, or been cancelled.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-62
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
DBFL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DBFL
DBFL (DB Failure Local - copy creation of processing failure)
A download of a database backup from the remote file server (part of the database restore
process) will fail if there is not enough free space on the Active Main Equipment
Controllers flash memory. A database failure condition-local shall be raised (DBFL).
If the temporary database cannot be read (meaning that the database cannot be transported
to the RFS), a database failure condition-local shall be set.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
SYSTEM
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If it does not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
DBFT
DBFT (DB Failure Transport - file transport failure)
If the file transfer of the database to the remote file server does not succeed, a database
failure condition-transport shall be set.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
SYSTEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-63
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
DBFT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If it does not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
DBINVALID
DBINVALID (Database invalid)
When the DBINVALID condition is raised, the NE is not in a normal operating mode. As
a result, the NE does not boot normally and not all commands are allowed.
The DBINVALID condition may be raised as a result of the following:
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
Whenever possible, backup the database prior to unseating the Equipment Controller (see
Backing Up a Database (p. 3-13)).
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If this condition occurs after a downgrade, then perform the steps in Restoring a
Database (p. 3-14) to restore the pre-upgrade database to the Equipment Controller.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-64
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
DBINVALID
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: The redundant Equipment Controller, if one is in its slot, will synchronize with
the active Equipment Controller.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If this condition occurs after user panel replacement, a database backup (previously saved
for this NE) must be restored to the NE from a remote database backup and restore server,
with the special keyword "force".
The steps are as follows:
1. Re-provision the user panel OADM port details for this NE.
2. Re-provision the static routing and gateway information for this NE.
3. Re-provision the database server information, perform the steps in Backing Up a
Database (p. 3-13) and Restoring a Database (p. 3-14) for the database backup and
restore procedures.
4. Enter the CLI command config database restore force to bring the database
from a remote server to the NE.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If this condition occurs after the replacement of a Equipment Controller, and there is no
protection (redundant Equipment Controller), then perform the steps in Restoring a
Database (p. 3-14) to restore the database to the Equipment Controller.
Note: It is crucial to have the backup database be a duplicate of the one running on
the NE prior to replacing the Equipment Controller. Any data not backed up will be
lost and may result in lost services and interruption in traffic.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Review of the NE logs may provide an indication of the corruption of the database by
way of a failed audit function resulting in CRC errors. If the DBINVALID condition is
present due to a corruption of the database, then perform the steps in Restoring a
Database (p. 3-14) to restore the database to the Equipment Controller from a valid
database backup file.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
DBMEMTRF
DBMEMTRF (Database synchronization failure)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-65
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
DBMEMTRF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The Active Equipment Controller is unable to synchronize its database with the inactive
Equipment Controller. This alarm may be raised under the following conditions:
The software loads on the active and inactive Equipment Controllers are not
compatible
A hardware problem with one or both controllers
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the software load on each of the two Equipment Controllers and verify that they
match. If the loads are different, force the Equipment Controller with the incorrect load to
upgrade to the correct running load.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove the Equipment Controller with the condition and examine the connector on the
back of the card for damage, including bent or broken pins.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examine the connector on the backplane for damage. If there is damage to the backplane
of the shelf, contact your service representative.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Re-insert the Equipment Controller into its original slot and allow the card to initialize.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the Equipment Controller with the DBMEMTRF condition with a new unit. If
the condition is not cleared, replace the second Equipment Controller with a new unit.
Follow the return and repair process to return the faulty card to an authorized repair
center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-66
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DBRSTR-IP
DBRSTR-IP (Database Restore In Progress)
The database restore is in-progress. The NE will raise the DBRSTR-IP standing condition
during database restoration, at the start of the file transfer.
Severity
NA
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
SYSTEM
Corrective Action
The NE will clear the DBRSTR-IP standing condition when the database restoration file
transfer has completed successfully, failed, or been cancelled.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-67
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
DBUNSYNC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DBUNSYNC
DBUNSYNC (The active and standby Main EC databases are not
synchronized)
The database on the active and standby equipment controllers are not in sync.
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
SYSTEM
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If it does not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
DEGOTU
DEGOTU (Signal Degrade - OTU)
The DEGOTU condition is raised when a high B1 error rate is detected on the OTU2/3/4
input line or client port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-68
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
DEGOTU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for a DEG against the OT port. At the end of
each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Clean the input fiber at the receiver, and check if the input power is within the specified
range.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If it does not clear the alarm, check if there is any power management or optical channel
alarm reported on the link. Perform the corrective action for clearing these alarms on the
link.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Measure the optical signal noise ratio (OSNR) with at the received amplifier with an
optical spectrum analyzer. Check if the OSNR is within the range specified by the EPT.
Perform the actions to improve the system OSNR.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
For 40G and 100G coherent cards only: Retrieve the monitoring values for chromatic
dispersion (CD), Differential Group Delay (DGD), and Frequency offset. Check if the
values are in the normal range. If not, perform the actions to optimize the optical link.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
DISCOVERMOD
DISCOVERMOD (Pluggable Module Discovered)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-69
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
DISCOVERMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The DISCOVERMOD condition indicates that an inserted pluggable module has been
booted and recognized.
Severity
TC
Service affecting?
No
MajorApplicability
All cards
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-70
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
DORMANTUSER
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DORMANTUSER
DORMANTUSER (User inactive)
The DORMANTUSER condition is a user login inactivity timeout (maximum interval
that the user is inactive, without logging into the NE, before the userID is disabled).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
This user may be deleted from the NE by using one of the following commands:
CLI
WEBUI
Select Administration > Security> Users, select the user, and click Delete.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
ETHCSF
ETHCSF (Ethernet Client Signal Failure)
The OT port has detected the ETHCSF condition at the MEP layer. A MEP detects the
ETHCSF condition when it receives a CCM frame with a interface status TLV of
Down.
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
11DPE12E
The alarm is cleared when the MEP receives a CCM frame with interface status TLV of
Up.
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the remote peer Ethernet client status. The remote peer client port LOS/LSS
triggers the local ETHCSF.
CLI
alarm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-71
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
ETHCSF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
EQPT
EQPT (Card Failure - Device)
The Card Failure - Device alarm text for the EQPT condition indicates a fault on the card
that has caused the system to declare a hardware failure. This condition may be declared
due to a failure in the SEEP or other unknown hardware failures depending on the card
type the alarm is raised against. This is a critical service affecting alarm for cards carrying
traffic and affects the traffic currently flowing through the failed device.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-72
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step. If
this condition is raised against the user panel or a fan tray, then after each step warm reset
the active Equipment Controller.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-73
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
EQPTBOOT
EQPTBOOT (Card failure - boot failure)
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step. If
this condition is raised against the user panel or a fan tray, then after each step warm reset
the active Equipment Controller.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-74
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
EQPTBOOT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
EQPTDGR
EQPTDGR (Card Degrade - device)
The Card Degrade-Device alarm text for the EQPTDGR condition indicates a fault on the
card that has caused the system to declare a hardware failure. This condition may be
declared due to a failure in the SEEP or other unknown hardware failures depending on
the card type the alarm is raised against.
The Card Degrade-Device alarm text indicates a lower priority fault on the card that does
not directly affect the traffic currently flowing through the device.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-75
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
EQPTDGR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-76
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
EQPTDGR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-77
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
EQPTDGR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
EQPTDGROCH
EQPTDGROCH (Port Degrade - Wavelength Tracker
Communication Failure)
Communications with the Wavelength Tracker feature on this card are unreliable. This
means that any Wavelength Tracker information sent (for example, configuration
changes) or generated may be incorrect.
Note: Until this alarm is cleared, Wavelength Tracker provisioning and information
on the card are invalid.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-78
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
EQPTDGROCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
EQPTDGR-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-79
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
EQPTDGR-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-80
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
EQPTDGR-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
EQPTDGROCH-OUT
EQPTDGROCH-OUT (Port Degrade - Wavelength Tracker
Communication Failure)
Communications with the Wavelength Tracker feature on this card are unreliable. This
means that any Wavelength Tracker information sent (for example, configuration
changes) or generated may be incorrect.
Note: Until this alarm is cleared, Wavelength Tracker provisioning and information
on the card are invalid.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-81
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
EQPTDGROCH-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
EQPTPORT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-82
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
EQPTPORT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-83
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
EQPTPORT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove the pluggable module from the port on the card it is inserted in. Examine the
connector on the pluggable module and the receptacle connector on the card where the
pluggable module plugs into for any damage. If no damage is seen, reinsert the pluggable
module into its port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove and replace the pluggable module with another unit of the same type, being
careful with the connected fiber jumpers. Refer to Replacing an SFP Module (p. 3-27).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
EBER
EBER (Excessive BER)
The OT port has detected Excessive BER on the OC-n/STM-n port of the 11QPA4,
11STMM10 or 11STAR1 card. This defect indicates that local OC-M/STM-N port has
detected a BER that exceeds selected threshold (default 10-3).
This may be caused by the following reasons:
The received power may not be within the acceptable range on local port input
Damaged or dirty receiver inside pluggable module
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for an EBER condition against the OT port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-84
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
EBER
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If cleaning the fiber does not clear the problem, replace the fiber.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the power level is within the operating range, check for pluggable module alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-85
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
EBER
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
This procedure details the corrective action for EBER-O against the OSC port. At the end
of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Query for the OSC receive power on the port where the EBER-O conditions is present.
CLI
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that the fiber is the correct type (multimode/single-mode) and that the other end of
the fiber is connected properly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the administrative state of the port is Admin Up. If it is Up, then toggle the
administrative state from UP > DOWN > UP.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-86
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
EBER
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the OSC SFP located inside the amplifier. See Replacing an SFP Module
(p. 3-27). Follow the return and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide
to return the faulty pluggable module to an authorized repair center for replacement.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-87
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ENV
ENV (Environmental Input [1-8] active)
The ENV condition relates to housekeeping. The ENV inputs are user-defined sensors
that can be arbitrarily configured to set an alarm for such as actions as opening a door, or
a smoke detector.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Define the environmental input defined by using one of the following commands:
CLI
config alm
WEBUI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
EXCESSLOAD
EXCESSLOAD (Excessive Current Load)
The EXCESSLOAD condition indicates the last card inserted draws an additional current
load on the shelf that exceeds the current limit of the equipped power filters. The pack in
the affected slot will not initialize and operate.
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-88
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
EXCESSLOAD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove load to a level below the capacity of the provisioned power entry cards, or
Upgrade the power filters to a higher current capacity (if the supply wiring is
sufficiently rated for the current).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reprovision the shelf capacity attribute (EXPECTED_AMPS) with the new value.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
FACTERM-DEV
FACTERM-DEV (Pluggable Module SEEP Failure)
The Pluggable Module SEEP Failure condition is raised when the system cannot
communicate with the pluggable module to determine such information as power level
and laser types. This condition is equivalent to a port degrade, and service is not impacted
until/unless a subsequent reset occurs.
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-89
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
FACTERM-DEV
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Carefully remove and reseat the pluggable module that is reporting the FACTERM-DEV
condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove and cap the fiber jumpers connected to the pluggable module and replace the
pluggable module with another unit of the same type. Refer to Replacing an SFP
Module (p. 3-27). Reconnect the fiber jumpers as they were before.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
FANSPEEDHIGH
FANSPEEDHIGH (Fan Speed is too high)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-90
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
FANSPEEDHIGH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This alarm indicates when the fan speed is too high based upon the current shelf cooling
requirements.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
FAN
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
Fan Speed is Too High
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
FANSPEEDLOW
FANSPEEDLOW (Fan speed is too low)
This alarm indicates when the fan speed is either too low based upon the current shelf
cooling requirements.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
FAN
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-91
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
FANSPEEDLOW
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FANSPEEDMAN
FANSPEEDMAN (Fan speed manually set to maximum)
The FANSPEEDMAN condition is raised when you manually set the fan speed to its
maximum. If a shelf contains the 100G packs, it is recommended that you increase the
airflow through the shelf.
Note: In Release 3.5, any existing FANSPEEDMAN alarms may be suppressed by
new FANSPEEDHIGH or FANSPEEDLOW alarms.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
FAN
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the Provision/Info button, and view the Details tab. On the Card
Properties window, select Normalin the Fan Speed field and click Submit.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-92
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FECECSD
FECECSD (Pre-FEC Signal Degrade)
The OT port has detected a Signal Degrade Path layer. This defect indicates that local
OTUk port has detected FEC BER which exceeds 10-5.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
11STAR1, 11QPA4
This procedure details the corrective action for an FECECSD against the OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the procedure, DEGOTU (p. 2-68). Because it is FEC corrected BER, it does
not affect service unless another alarm exists on the port.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
FECUBCSD
FECUBCSD (Post-FEC Signal Degrade)
The OT port has detected uncorrectable bit errors after FEC. This defect indicates that
local OTUk port has detected FEC BER which exceeds 10-6.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-93
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
FECUBCSD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
This procedure details the corrective action for an FECUBCSD against the OT port. At
the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If it does not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Clean the input fiber at the receiver, and check if the input power is within the specified
range.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check if there is any power management or optical channel alarm reported on the link.
Perform the corrective action for clearing these alarms on the link.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Measure the optical signal noise ratio (OSNR) with at the received amplifier with an
optical spectrum analyzer. Check if the OSNR is within the range specified by the EPT.
Perform the actions to improve the system OSNR.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
FELANLFI
FELANLFI (Far End Local Fault)
The Far End OT port has detected a LAN Local Fault Indication ordered set at its input.
This condition typically indicates Ethernet link down condition on the client equipment
connected to the far-end port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-94
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
FELANLFI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for FELANLFI against the OT port. At the
end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Proceed with the procedure for clearing LANLFI (see LANLFI (p. 2-120)).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
FELANLOS
FELANLOS (Far End Loss of Signal)
The Far End OT port has detected LAN LOS at its input.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
Severity
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-95
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
FELANLOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing FELANLOS against the OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
FELANLSS
FELANLSS (Far End Loss of Synchronization)
The Far End OT port has detected Loss of 64B/66B or 8B/10B block/character
synchronization on 10GbE, 1GbE or FC facility.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
Severity
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing FELANLSS against the OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-96
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FELANRFI
FELANRFI (Far End Remote Fault)
The Far End OT port has detected a LAN Remote Fault Indication ordered set at its input.
This condition typically indicates Ethernet link down condition on the client equipment
connected to the far-end port.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
Severity
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing FELOS against the OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
FELOS
FELOS (Far End Loss of Synchronization)
Far End OT port has detected LAN Loss of 64B/66B block synchronization at its input.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-97
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
FELOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing FELOS against the OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the steps in the LANLSS procedure (see LANLSS (p. 2-122)).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
FEPORTMISMATCH
FEPORTMISMATCH (Far End Port Mapping Mismatch)
The Far End Port Mapping Mismatch alarm text for the FEPORTMISMATCH condition
indicates two client ports assigned to a Y-cable protection group are not provisioned the
same. Timeslot assignments are wrong, such that a service does not appear on the same
client ports at the two ends of a point-to-point link (applicable only to 11STMM10). Or
corresponding ports at the two ends are not provisioned for the same signal rate and
format. The condition is listed against the near end port.
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-98
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
FEPORTMISMATCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Identify the two ports in the protection group at the near end, and the two ports at the far
end.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Provision the near end and far end ports with the same signal rate and format.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Provision the timeslot assignments so that the same ports are used at both ends. For
example, the near end port C3 must be connected to far end port C3.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
FEPRLF
FEPRLF (Far End Protection Line Failure)
The FEPRLF condition is far end protection failure in Y-cable switching. The far end
node detects a problem on the protection side of a Y-cable protection group, and
communicates this fact to the near end node. The near end node raises the FEPRLF
condition. Troubleshooting should be done on the far end node.
Severity
NA
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
Do all steps at the far end node.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Determine which side is the working side and which side is the protection side.
CLI
show aps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-99
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
FEPRLF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check for faults on the protection side line port, or the protection side card.
CLI
alm
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
FPGAFAIL
FPGAFAIL (FPGA Download or Programming Failure)
The FPGAFAIL alarm is raised when a corrupted firmware file is downloaded to the card
or the FPGA fails to program correctly.
Severity
CR
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the card where the FPGAFAIL condition is raised.
CLI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-100
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
FPGAFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
FPGAINIT
FPGAINIT (FPGA Initializing)
The FPGAINIT condition occurs when firmware for each programmable device on a card
is downloaded and FPGA programming is in progress.
Severity
NA
Service affecting?
Applicability
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
No steps are required to clear the FPGAINIT alarm. Some FPGA programming steps can
take as long as 45 minutes. Monitor progress using one of the following commands:
CLI
WEBUI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-101
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FPGATIMEOUT
FPGATIMEOUT (FPGA Timeout)
The FPGATIMEOUT alarm is raised when the card fails to download firmware and
complete FPGA programming in a period of time (about 45 minutes).
Severity
MN
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the card where the FPGATIMEOUT condition is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
FRCDSWTIMREF
FRCDSWTIMREF (Forced Switch Timing Reference)
The OT port has detected an FRCDSWTIMREF condition at the LINEREF layer. A
LINEREF detects FRCDSWTIMREF when the timing selection is forced to a timing
reference.
Severity
NA
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
LINEREFSYS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-102
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
FRCDSWTIMREF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
FRCDWKSWBK
FRCDWKSWBK (Forced switch to working)
This is a standing condition indicating that a forced switch back to the working is active.
The forced switch of working back to working condition occurs when a user initiates a
forced switch to work request within a protection group. A forced switch to working
forces traffic onto the working facility/equipment unless the working facility is in the
Signal-Fail state.
Clearing the manual switch clears the condition. In the absence of other outstanding
requests, a cleared forced switch back to work leaves the switch position on work.
Severity
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-103
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
FRCDWKSWBK
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
FRCDWKSWPR
FRCDWKSWPR (Forced switch to protection)
This is a standing condition indicating a forced switch to protect is active.
The forced switch of working facility/equipment to protection condition is raised when a
user initiates a forced switch to protect request within a protection group. A forced switch
to protect forces traffic onto the protect facility/equipment unless the protect facility is in
the signal fail state. A forced switch to protect also prevents reversion to the working path
from occurring. Clearing the forced switch clears the condition.
If reversion is enabled, a switch occurs to the work facility immediately after the forced
switch has cleared.
Severity
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-104
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
FRCDWKSWPR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
FRNGSYNC
FRNGSYNC (System clock is in free running synchronization
mode)
The OT port has detected an FRNGSYNC at the SYNC layer. A SYNC detects
FRNGSYNC when the system clock is in free running synchronization mode.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
SYNC
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE (Firmware on this pack is about to
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-105
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NA
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Provision a firmware bundle that will be valid after software upgrade or provision the
default firmware bundle for the card (see Corrective Action (p. 2-108)).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
FWUPGRADEPENDING
FWUPGRADEPENDING (Firmware upgrade pending)
A pack will have a FWUPGRADEPENDING active if the pack's firmware has been
provisioned, but not loaded. Thus, the provisioned firmware bundle is not the same as the
version currently in the FPGA.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-106
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
FWUPGRADEPENDING
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The two 4DPA4 card modes (FlexMux and DualTran) each have their own separate
firmware lines. When card mode is provisioned, the default version of the appropriate
firmware line is loaded automatically. Thus, FWUPGRADEPENDING may also apply to
a mismatch between the provisioned 4DPA4 card mode value and the current FPGA
contents.
Severity
NA
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To initiate a cold reset to download the recommended firmware version for the affected
pack, perform a cold reset of the card.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-107
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT (Firmware version on this pack is not
the default version for this software release)
The pack will have a FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT active if any firmware bundle it is
running is not the latest default bundle version listed for that pack in the active (running)
software release. This alarm condition occurs when the firmware loaded on the pack is
not the default firmware bundle for this pack in this software release and also if the
software release is upgraded but the firmware has not been upgraded.
The two 4DPA4 cardmodes (FlexMux and DualTran) each have their own separate
firmware lines. When cardmode is provisioned, the default version of the appropriate
firmware line is loaded automatically. Thus, FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT may also
apply to firmware that is not the default for the current cardmode value of the 4DPA4
pack.
This alarm condition clears when the default firmware bundle for the active software
release is loaded on the programmable devices.
Severity
NA
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-108
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check that the default firmware bundle is provisioned for the card.
CLI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the default firmware bundle is not provisioned in the previous step, then provision the
default firmware bundle for the card.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
HIBER
HIBER (High BER)
The OT port has detected a High BER on 10GbE LAN facility. This defect indicates that
local 10GbE LAN port has detected BER > 10-4 (high BER defect is triggered when
more than 16 invalid 64B/66B sync headers get detected within 125us).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-109
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
HIBER
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing a HIBER condition on an OT
port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If cleaning the fiber does not clear the problem, replace the fiber.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the power level is within the operating range, check for pluggable module alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
HIGAIN
HIGAIN (Amplifier Out of Operational Range: Gain too High)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-110
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
HIGAIN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
An amplifier is operating outside of the normal operating range. The ingress power to the
amplifier plus the programmed gain (both in dB's) has exceeded the maximum allowable
output power supported by the amplifier. This can occur only if the amplifier output
power limiting function and the output overload function have both failed.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
None. This is a transitory alarm that is raised for a maximum of 30 seconds while the
amplifier attempts to limit the output power. If after 30 seconds the output power cannot
be limited, a CONTEQPT (Card Failure - Device) (p. 2-54) alarm is raised.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-111
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
HLDOVRSYNC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
HLDOVRSYNC
HLDOVRSYNC (System timing is in autonomous holdover
synchronization mode)
The OT port has detected a HLDOVRSYNC at the SYNC layer. A SYNC detects
HLDOVRSYNC when system timing is in autonomous holdover synchronization mode.
Severity
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
SYNC
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
HWNOTSUPPORTED
HWNOTSUPPORTED (Hardware not supported for current
configuration)
The HWNOTSUPPORTED condition is raised during insertion of an Equipment
Controller in slots 1 or 18, when R1.0.5 software active is detected on the 1830 PSS-32.
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
ECb
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-112
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
HWNOTSUPPORTED
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
INSERTMOD
INSERTMOD (Pluggable Module Inserted)
The INSERTMOD condition indicates that an pluggable module has been inserted into
the card.
Severity
TC
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
All cards
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-113
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
INTTEMPHIGH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
INTTEMPHIGH
INTTEMP (Card over temperature)
A high temperature threshold on a card has been exceeded. There may be a fan failure,
fan blockage, site climate control failure, lack of filler cards in empty slots, or a failed
sensor. This alarm is raised when a card is over the specified operating temperature
(measured by temperature sensors on the card).
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the steps in the procedure High Temperature Troubleshooting (p. 3-70).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
INTTEMPLOW
INTTEMPLOW (Card under temperature)
The card temperature is below operational limits. There may be a climate control or
sensor failure. This alarm is raised when the card is under the specified operating
temperature (measured by temperature sensors on the card). The network element
requires additional heating to bring it back to an acceptable operating temperature.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-114
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
INTTEMPLOW
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Applicability
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If it does not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that no environmental issues are present where the network element resides.
Resolve any existing issues.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify if other cards in the shelf report temperatures near their lower limit (within 10 C).
CLI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the alarmed card. See Replacing System Components (p. 3-20).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
INTTEMPOPT
INTTEMP (Optics over temperature)
The optics on the card exceeded their high temperature limit, and the ability of the card to
provide service may be compromised.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-115
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
INTTEMPOPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the steps in the procedure High Temperature Troubleshooting (p. 3-70).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
INTRUSION
INTRUSION
The INTRUSION alarm lists the user IDs of users currently locked-out of the 1830 PSS
due to intrusion violations whenever there is a change to the user database. Subsequent
login attempts by that user shall be denied until the user profile is unlocked (enabled).
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
SYSTEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-116
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
INTRUSION
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
SYSTEM
Corrective action
WebUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WebUI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
INVALIDEGRESS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-117
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
INVALIDEGRESS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the topology between ingress and egress LD (if there is egress LD). Check the
external topology for the ingress LD line port. If the topology is missing, add the
topology and re-run the egress adjustment.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that Opposite Direction Port field is provisioned correctly for the egress LD
Lineout port.
CLI
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the OPS card, and select the desired port (A
or B).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
INVALIDTHRESHOLD
INVALIDTHRESHOLD
The OPS pack currently has an invalid switch threshold value provisioned. The threshold
must be greater than -30 dBm to clear the condition.
When a cross-connect is added for the first time, the INVALIDTHRESHOLD alarm is
raised for ports A and B, and then clears after a few seconds. If the XC is deleted and
reentered, then the INVALIDTHRESHOLD alarms is not raised.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-118
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
INVALIDTHRESHOLD
INVALIDTHRESHOLD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Applicability
OPS
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the OPS card, and select the desired port (A
or B).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Then...
proceed to Step 3.
yes
proceed to Step 4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that no LOS alarms are present on the A or B input ports that would inhibit the
switch calculation. Proceed to Step 5.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Set the threshold to a value greater than -30 dBm based on engineering rules for the
incoming channel power levels.
CLI
TLI
ED-OCH:::SWTHRESH
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
INVENTORYERROR
INVENTORYERROR (Card Inventory Error)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-119
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
INVENTORYERROR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The INVENTORYERROR alarm is raised when the device installed in the shelf has an
EEPROM that does not contain the correct or recognizable information.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
All cards
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To clear the INVENTORYERROR alarm, remove and replace the affected device.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
LANLFI
LANLFI (Local Fault)
A Local Fault (LANLFI) condition may be raised on a client or network port of an
Ethernet card and is attributed to a fault detected between the far-end transmitter and
near-end receiver. When an LANLFI is raised at the receive port, this serves to notify the
user of a fault somewhere upstream of the port where the LANLFI condition has been
raised.
Severity
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-120
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LANLFI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the LANLFI condition has been raised on a client port, verify that the source is
correctly transmitting the Ethernet signal. Refer to its manufacturer's documentation for
any corrective actions.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the LANLFI condition has been raised on a Network port, retrieve the alarm
information from the upstream path to determine if any failure is present. If there is an
indication of failure upstream of the port where the LANLFI is raised, fix this problem
first.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the card where the LANLFI condition is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a cold reset on the card where the LANLFI condition is raised.
Note: Refer to Caution at the beginning of this procedure.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
LANLOS
LANLOS (LAN port LOS)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-121
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LANLOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OT port has detected LOS on Ethernet LAN or Fibre Channel facility. This defect
indicates loss of optical power at the input of the local LAN port.
These conditions may be caused by the following reasons:
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing a LANLOS condition on an OT
port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If fiber is damaged or cleaning the fiber does not clear the problem, replace the fiber.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If there is a pluggable module alarm present on the local port follow procedure for
detected alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
LANLSS
LANLSS (Loss of Synchronization)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-122
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LANLSS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing a LANLSS condition on an OT
port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If cleaning the fiber does not clear the problem, replace the fiber.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If power level is within the operating range, check for pluggable module alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If there is a pluggable module alarm present on the local port follow procedure for
detected alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
LANRFI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-123
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LANRFI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Not reported
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Retrieve alarms and conditions for the local node that has the RFI condition on its receive
port. Examine them and identify faults on the services supporting the devices that have
the RFI condition. Resolve any issues with respect to these faults first.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Repeat Step 1 for the far end device. Examine the devices associated with the same
services as in Step 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the local card where the LANRFI condition is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-124
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LANRFI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a cold reset on the upstream device that is sending the LANRFI condition.
Note: Refer to Caution at the beginning of this procedure.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a cold reset on the local card where the LANRFI condition is raised.
Note: Refer to Caution at the beginning of this procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a cold reset on the upstream device that is sending the LANRFI condition
Note: Refer to Caution at the beginning of this procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reseat the local card. If this does not fix the problem, reseat the far-end card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the alarmed card. Follow the return and repair process to return the card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
LASEREOL
LASEREOL (Laser end of life)
The OT port has detected laser end of life.
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
11STAR1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-125
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LASEREOL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If another card failure is reported on the card, follow the procedure for that specific alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the port is pluggable module, remove and reinsert the same module. If the alarm does
not clear, replace the module.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
LCK
LCK (Locked - OTU)
OT port has detected Locked condition at ODUk Path layer. This defect indicates that
network operator in an external multi-vendor OTN network has locked the ODUk
payload by user command. LCK maintenance signal is not sourced by 1830 PSS network.
This may be caused if the network operator in external OTN network has caused insertion
of LCK maintenance signal.
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-126
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LCK
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing an LCK condition declared on an
OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Contact network operator(s) responsible for equipment that sources OTM-0.2 signal to
the affected client port to clear the LCK maintenance signal.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
LCKEGR
LCKEGR (Egress Locked - ODU)
OT port has detected Locked condition at ODUk Path layer. This defect indicates that
network operator in an external multi-vendor OTU network has locked the ODUk
payload by user command. LCK maintenance signal is not sourced by 1830 PSS network.
This may be caused if the network operator in external OTU network has caused insertion
of LCK maintenance signal.
Severity
CR
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
43STX4, 43STX4P
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing an LCKEGR condition declared
on an OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Contact network operator(s) responsible for equipment that sources OTM-0.2 signal to
the affected client port to clear the LCK maintenance signal.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
LFD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-127
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LFD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity
SA
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing an LFD condition declared on an
OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Inspect the OCh trail which is used as a server transport layer for GFP stream.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If any alarms are detected on OCh trail, locate the farthest upstream point and follow the
procedure for clearing this alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If Step 5 does not clear the problem replace the local OT.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-128
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LFIEGR
LFIEGR (Remote Client Local Fault)
OT port has detected LFI ordered set on 10GBE LAN service transported over OTUk in
transmit direction.
This may be caused if the remote client equipment is generating LFI ordered set.
Severity
NA
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing LFIEGR declared on an OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the steps in the procedure LANLFI (p. 2-120) on the far end port.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
LINKDOWN
LINKDOWN (Link down)
The Ethernet link between devices is out of service. This alarm is raised on Ethernet ports
when the Ethernet link is down.
Note: The LINKDOWN alarm is not raised if auto-negotiation is enabled on an OT
client port, but disabled on the directly connected ethernet port on client equipment.
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-129
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LINKDOWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Trace the source of the LINKDOWN condition to the associated card and port upstream.
Verify that the source is operationally up by checking the Admin state. If the Admin state
is Up, then toggle the administrative state from UP->DOWN->UP.
EMS
Double-click the NE and then on the alarmed card's client receive port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove the fiber from the port where the LINKDOWN condition is raised and clean the
fiber and the bulkhead connector.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Repeat Step 2 for the other end of the fiber and port where it is connected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the card that is the source of the Ethernet signal.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the card where the LINKDOWN condition is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-130
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LINKDOWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a cold reset on the card that is the source of the Ethernet signal.
Note: Refer to Caution at the beginning of this procedure.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a cold reset on the card where the LINKDOWN condition is raised.
Note: Refer to Caution at the beginning of this procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
11
12
LINKUP
LINKUP (Link Up)
The LINKUP autonomous message is issued after serial connection is established on the
CIT port.
Severity
TC
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
FAN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-131
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOAM
LOAM (Loss of Alignment Marker Lock)
The LOAM condition is raised when the system cannot detect the PCS lane marker, or the
marker has been displaced.
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
112SA1L, 112SCA1
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOC
LOC (Loss of Continuity)
The OT port has detected a loss of continuity at the MEP layer. A MEP detects LOC with
a peer MEP when it stops receiving CCM frames from that peer ME. Such a defect
condition can be caused by hard failures such as a link failure/device failure, or soft
failures such as memory corruption, or misconfigurations.
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
11DPE12E
This alarm is raised when an MEP receives CCM frames with an incorrect MEG ID. The
alarm is cleared when the MEP does not receive CCM frames with the correct MEG ID.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-132
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the peer MEP mepcc is enable and the check the OCH the alarms/conditions along
the OCh trail.
CLI
WEBUI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
LOCKOUTOFPR
LOCKOUTOFPR (Lockout of protection)
The Lockout Of Protection condition occurs when a user initiates a lockout switch request
within a protection group.
A lockout forces traffic onto the working facility/equipment and prevents protection
switching from occurring. Clearing the lockout will again allow protection switching to
take place and will result in the lockout condition being cleared.
Severity
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Observe from the condition statement the location of the protection group member that
has the active condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Login to the near end NE and perform the procedure Determining the Far End of a
Service (p. 3-10) to determine the NE and card that link directly to the (near-end) card
reporting the LOCKOUTOFPR alarm.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-133
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOCKOUTOFPR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Open a new window and log into the far-end NE identified in Step 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Enter the following commands on both the near-end and far-end NEs to determine the
identity of the protection group involved in the active condition.
CLI
Enter the following command on both the near-end and far-end NEs and verify that the
protection path is alarm free. Use the group ID/AID identified in Step 4.
CLI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Determine if there are any outstanding alarms on the system pertaining to the service.
CLI
alm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
LOCKOUTOFTIMREF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-134
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOCKOUTOFTIMREF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The Lock out of a Timing Reference from selection condition occurs when the OT port
has detected an LOCKOUTOFTIMREF at the LINEREF layer.
Severity
NA
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
LINEREFSYS
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
LOF
LOF (Loss Of Frame)
A receive port on one of the optical cards has detected a Loss Of Frame. The LOF alarm
is raised if:
the SONET framer detects framing errors in the A1/A2 overhead bytes as per the
SONET specification
the OTN framer detects corruption in the Framing Alignment Signal (FAS) bytes.
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-135
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-136
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
This procedure details the corrective action for a LOF against the client port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Query for the optical receive power on the port where the LOF condition is present.
CLI
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the source is compatible with the port that it is connected to. Check that the
source is a compatible type with the same line rate as expected at the receive port. Also
verify that the fiber is the correct type (multi-mode / single mode) and that the other end
of the fiber is connected properly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Query the source of the signal for a reading of its output power (refer to the source
equipment manufacturer's procedures). If this is not possible, carefully remove the fiber
from the transmit port of the source card and verify the output power using an optical
power meter. If the output power is within acceptable limits, continue with Step 4. If the
output power is not within acceptable limits, the problem is with the source. Follow the
instructions on debugging from the source equipment manufacturer.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the administrative state of the port is Admin Up. If it is Up, then toggle the
administrative state from UP-->DOWN-->UP.
CLI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-137
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove the fiber from the receive port where the LOF is raised and measure the optical
power.
If...
Then...
If the LOF condition is still present, the problem may be with the card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the client port has an pluggable module installed, verify the pluggable module (this
includes checking the pluggable module and replacing if necessary; do this before cold
reset or reseat as it does not affect other client signals).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-138
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
The following procedure details the corrective action for an LOF against the network
port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the procedure Path Power Trace (p. 3-8) to identify the probable network
trouble-point for the light-path. The procedure guides the user through the investigation
and resolution of the problem tracing back through to the source of the light path.
If the problem is the head end of the path (the transponder card at the source) then:
1. Check the add NE for conditions against the OT port and resolve any issues.
2. Verify that the source card network-facing port is administratively UP and
transmitting.
3. Verify that the add path is correctly fibered. If the add element has no transponder,
verify that the light source is compatible.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that the far end transponder port to which the alarmed port is connected is of the
same type, and that the configuration of both ports is the same (for example, that the
encapsulation mode is the same for both).
CLI
show interface <shelf slot port>(perform at both the near and far
ends)
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-139
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If encapsulation does not match, then configure the incorrect side to match up.
CLI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that there are no channel alarms or conditions for this channel on the near-end NE.
If there are, clear them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Query for the optical receive power on the network port where the LOF condition is
present.
CLI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a line loop-back on the far end network port. If this resolves the local (near-end)
alarm then the problem is associated with the far end card.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-140
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
11
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-141
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
This procedure details the corrective action for a LOF-O against the OSC port. At the end
of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If it does not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Query for the OSC receive power on the port where the LOF-O condition is present.
CLI
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired
port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-142
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the adjacent node is provisioned for OC3 format of the OSC signal. Also
verify that the fiber is the correct type (multi-mode / single mode) and that the other end
of the fiber is connected properly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the administrative state of the port is Admin Up. If it is Up, then toggle the
administrative state from UP-->DOWN-->UP.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-143
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the OSC SFP located inside the amplifier. See Replacing an SFP Module
(p. 3-27). Follow the return and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide
to return the faulty pluggable module to an authorized repair center for replacement.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
LOFEGR
LOFEGR (Loss of Frame Egress)
OT port has detected Loss of Frame on CBR2G5 (transparent OC48/STM16) or CBR10G
(transparent STM64) service transported over OTUk in transmit direction.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
Received power may not be within the acceptable range on far-end port input
Damaged or dirty transmitter inside pluggable module on the far end
Severity
NA
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing LOFEGR declared on an OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the steps in the procedure LOF (Loss Of Frame) (p. 2-135) on the far end port.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-144
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOGAIN
LOGAIN (Amplifier out of operational range - amplifier gain
too low)
The ingress power to the amplifier added to the programmed gain (both in dB's) is lower
than the minimum allowable power supported by the amplifier.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the procedure Path Power Trace (p. 3-8) and locate the likely point that is the
cause of the LOGAIN alarm. This may be on the upstream NE or the local one. Retrieve
alarms and conditions and, using the appropriate corrective actions, resolve these issues
first.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Attempt an egress or ingress amplifier adjust, depending on the type of amplifier that is
raising this alarm. If any adjust fails, there may be other optical power related alarms that
are raised as a result. Resolve these issues by following the appropriate procedure.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-145
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOGAIN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
It is possible that the gain range provisioned by the EPT for this amplifier is insufficient
to accommodate the unexpected change in loss in the network. Capture the current
operating state of the network, using the 1354 RM-PhM XML network export feature.
Refer the problem to network planning for analysis.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If this does not resolve the issue, then the problem may be with the card itself. Perform a
warm reset on the card where the OPR condition is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
LOM
LOM (Loss of Multiframe - OTU)
This alarm is raised at an OT port when the OT receiver cannot synchronize to a
multiframe indicator of an incoming OTUk bit stream.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-146
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing the LOM declared on an OT port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Query the receive power on the port where the LOM condition is present.
CLI
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired port.
If the power is below a minimum threshold, the problem may be upstream from that port.
Visually inspect the OT port connection. Ensure that there are no loose fibers. If so,
connect the fiber properly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the immediate upstream OT for any alarm conditions. If there are any, clear the
failures.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-147
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the OT. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
LOS
LOS (Loss of Signal)
A receive port on one of the optical cards has detected a loss of signal. The LOS condition
may be raised for the following reasons:
LD Input LOS
CWR Input LOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-148
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-149
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the procedure Path Power Trace (p. 3-8) to identify the probable network
trouble point for the lightpath. Resolve issues/alarms at the trouble point.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-150
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If resolving upstream alarms did not make the alarm clear on the local NE then the
problem may be with this NE. Find the source of the channel's service and ensure that the
add cross connect is administratively up and that there are no Wavelength Tracker or
Channel alarms/conditions for the associated OT or SVAC. If there are, clear those
alarms/conditions.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Retrieve the configured topology upstream from this port to the services' ingress point
into the NE. Ensure that the physical fiber topology matches.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If there are numerous instances of this condition occurring on a particular card, check to
see if these alarms are also occurring on the next downstream card. If they are, then
continue with Step 5. If they are not occurring at the next downstream card, then there
may be a problem with the indicated card. Reset the card, and wait for one minute. If the
alarms do not clear, continue with Step 5.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that the loss in the fiber feeding the port is not higher than expected by comparing
the bulk powers ending and leaving the fiber. If the loss is higher than expected, clean the
fiber ends, and if this does not solve the problem, replace the fiber.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-151
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-152
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOS
LD Input LOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LD Input LOS
The LINE port on one of the amplifier cards has detected a Loss Of Signal. The LOS
alarm is raised if the power measured at the port input drops below a threshold.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Query the receive power on the port where the LOS condition is present.
CLI
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that the fiber is the correct type (multi-mode / single mode) and that the other end
of the fiber is connected properly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the administrative state of the port is Admin Up. If it is Up, then toggle the
administrative state from UP-->DOWN-->UP.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-153
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOS
LD Input LOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-154
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
CWR8, CWR8-88
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Query the receive power on the port where the LOS condition is present.
CLI
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that the fiber is the correct type (multi-mode / single mode) and that the other end
of the fiber is connected properly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the administrative state of the port is Admin Up. If it is Up, then toggle the
administrative state from UP-->DOWN-->UP.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-155
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove the fiber from the receive port where the LOS is raised and measure the optical
power.
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-156
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Transponder port LOS - go to procedure Transponder Port Loss of Signal (p. 2-157)
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Query the optical receive power on the port where the LOS condition is present.
CLI
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-157
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the source is compatible with the port and that it is on. Check that the source
is a compatible type (for example, if you are expecting a single-mode fiber signal (either
1310 or 155x nm), check that the source is not a multi-mode fiber signal (typically 850
nm).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Query the source of the signal for a reading of its output power (please refer to source
equipment manufacturer's procedures). If this is not possible, carefully remove the fiber
from the transmit port of the source card and verify the output power using an optical
power meter.
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the administrative state of the port is Admin Up. If it is Up, then toggle the
administrative state from UP >DOWN > UP.
CLI
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove the fiber from the receive port where the LOS is raised and measure the optical
power.
If...
Then...
If the LOS condition is still present, the problem may be with the card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-158
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove the pluggable module from the port on the card it is inserted in. Examine the
connector on the pluggable module and the receptacle connector on the card where the
pluggable module plugs into for any damage. If no damage is seen, reinsert the pluggable
module into its port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove and replace the pluggable module with another unit of the same type, being
careful with the connected fiber jumpers. Refer to Replacing an SFP Module (p. 3-27).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
12
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-159
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOS
Input LOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Input LOS
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
MESH4, RA2P
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-160
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
SFCn, SFDn
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for a LOS against the OMD port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Query the receive power on the port where the LOS condition is present.
CLI
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that the fiber is the correct type (multi-mode/single mode) and that the other end of
the fiber is connected properly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the administrative state of the port is Admin Up. If it is Up, then toggle the
administrative state from UP > DOWN > UP.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove the fiber from the receive port where the LOS is raised and measure the optical
power.
If...
Then...
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-161
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
LOSDCM
LOSDCM (From DCM Input LOS)
The From DCM port on one of the amplifier cards has detected a Loss Of Signal. The
LOS alarm is raised if the power measured at the port input drops below a threshold.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-162
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOSDCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for a LOS against the DCM port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Query the receive power on the port where the LOS condition is present.
CLI
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that the fiber is the correct type (multi-mode/single mode) and that the other end of
the fiber is connected properly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the administrative state of the port is Admin Up. If it is Up, then toggle the
administrative state from UP > DOWN > UP.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-163
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOSDCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
LOSLDSIG
LOSLDSIG (LD SIG Input LOS)
The SIG port on one of the amplifier cards has detected a Loss Of Signal. The LOS alarm
is raised if the power measured at the port input drops below a threshold.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-164
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOSLDSIG
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for a LOS against the SIG port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Query the receive power on the port where the LOS condition is present.
CLI
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that the fiber is the correct type (multi-mode / single mode) and that the other end
of the fiber is connected properly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the administrative state of the port is Admin Up. If it is Up, then toggle the
administrative state from UP-->DOWN-->UP.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove the fiber from the port where the LOS is raised and measure the optical power.
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-165
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOSLDSIG
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
LOSOCM
LOSOCM (WTOCM Input LOS)
The LOSOCM condition indicates that a input loss of signal has occurred on the reported
WTOCM input port.
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
WTOCM
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing the LOSOCM against the
WTOCM input port. At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue
with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify the fiber is connected between the WTOCM input port and its associated LD MON
port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Retrieve power level reading on the local port, verify the power in within the normal
operating range.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-166
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOSOCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOS-O
LOS-O (Incoming SUPVY LOS)
The OSC SFP receive port on one of the amplifier cards has detected a Loss Of Signal.
The LOS-O alarm is raised if the SONET framer detects framing errors in the A1/A2
overhead bytes as per the SONET specification
This may be caused by the following reasons:
On a fiber span, the OSC mode should match on both ends. If the rates do not match,
LOS-O is raised on one end, and Data Link Down (see NET (p. 2-202) is raised on the
other end.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-167
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOS-O
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
This procedure details the corrective action for a LOS-O against the OSC port. At the end
of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If it does not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Query for the OSC receive power on the port where the LOS-O condition is present.
CLI
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired
port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the adjacent node is provisioned for OC3 format of the OSC signal. Also
verify that the fiber is the correct type (multi-mode / single mode) and that the other end
of the fiber is connected properly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the administrative state of the port is Admin Up. If it is Up, then toggle the
administrative state from UP-->DOWN-->UP.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-168
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOS-O
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
Replace the OSC SFP located inside the amplifier. See Replacing an SFP Module
(p. 3-27). Follow the return and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide
to return the faulty pluggable module to an authorized repair center for replacement.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
LOS-OUT
LOS-OUT (Outgoing Loss of Signal) and (Outgoing Channel
Absent)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-169
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOS-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The provisioned channel could not be detected at a Wavelength Tracker detect point. The
channel is either missing, operating at a power that is outside the detectable range, or
wavekeys are not being correctly applied at the source OT/SVAC. Assuming that the
Wavelength Tracker information is correctly provisioned, this alarm may be raised if:
the received channel power is outside of the detectable power sensitivity range.
the intra-node fiber connections do not match the physical topology.
the fiber is damaged.
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the procedure Path Power Trace (p. 3-8) to identify the probable network
trouble point for the service. Resolve issues/alarms at the trouble point. If the alarm
originates on the NE where the service enters the network, ensure that the OT or SVAC is
fibered to the correct port on the OMD or CWR8. The OT or SVAC may be connected
directly to the OMD or CWR8 or through another OT or SVAC card.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-170
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOS-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If resolving upstream alarms does not clear the alarm on the local NE, then the problem
may be with this NE. Find the source of the channel's service and ensure that the add
cross connect is administratively up and that there are no Wavelength Tracker or channel
alarms/conditions for the associated OT or SVAC. If there are, clear those
alarms/conditions.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Retrieve the configured topology upstream from this port to the service's ingress point
into the NE. Ensure that the physical fiber topology matches.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If there are numerous instances of this condition occurring on a particular card, check to
see if these alarms are also occurring on the next downstream card. If they are, then
continue with Step 5. If they are not occurring at the next downstream card, then there
may be a problem with the indicated card. Reset the card, and wait for one minute. If the
alarms do not clear, continue with Step 5.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that the loss in the fiber feeding the port is not higher than expected by comparing
the bulk powers ending and leaving the fiber. If the loss is higher than expected, clean the
fiber ends, and if this does not solve the problem, replace the fiber.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-171
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOS-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
LOS-P
LOS-P (Incoming Payload LOS)
The OT port has detected an Optical Channel Loss of Signal Failure.
These conditions may be caused by the following reasons:
A misconnected, damaged or dirty fiber on the trail between the local OTUk receive
port and the far end transmitter
OTS/OMS layer failure on the OCh trail
The received power may not be within the acceptable range on the Far end input
Note: When a cross-connect is added, the LOS-P alarm is raised for ports A and B,
and then clears after a few seconds.
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing the LOS-P declared on an OT
port. At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next
step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-172
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LOS-P
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If power level is low on the DWDM facing port, identify the associated OCh trail and
verify the power levels along the OCh trail.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Identify the farthest upstream point relative to the far end OTUk port at which power
level falls within the expected range.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the alarms/conditions on the node located in Step 3 or the node immediately
upstream from point identified in Step 4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If all power levels along the OCh trails fall within the target range, locate the fiber
connected directly to receiver of the port which detects SSF condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If cleaning the fiber does not clear the problem, replace the fiber.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the problem is detected on the client port of 11STAR1 OT, and the power level is
within the operating range, check for pluggable module alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
LPBKLINE
LPBKLINE (Line [Facility] Loopback Active)
A line loopback is active on the specified port. Loopbacks are user-initiated and may only
be cleared by manually removing them from the port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-173
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LPBKLINE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: It can take several minutes for transmission to be established on 40G OTs after
removing loopbacks.
Severity
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
LPBKTERM
LPBKTERM (Diagnostic (Terminal) loopback active)
A terminal loopback is active on the specified port. Loopbacks are user-initiated and may
only be cleared by manually removing them from the port.
Note: It can take several minutes for transmission to be established on 40G OTs after
removing loopbacks.
Severity
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-174
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LPBKTERM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
LSPOW_ALM_W
LSPOW_ALM_W (Laser Back-Facet Optical Power Cross
Threshold)
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
43STX4P
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If another card failure is reported on the card, follow the procedure for that specific alarm.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-175
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
LSPOW_ALM_W
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the port is pluggable module, remove and reinsert the same module. If the alarm does
not clear, replace the module.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
LSTEMP_ALM_W
LSTEMP_ALM_W (Laser Cooling Current Cross Threshold)
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
43STA1P, 43STX4P
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If another card failure is reported on the card, follow the procedure for that specific alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the port is pluggable module, remove and reinsert the same module. If the alarm does
not clear, replace the module.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-176
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LSSEGR
LSSEGR (Remote Client Loss of Synchronization)
OT port has detected Loss of 64B/66B block synchronization on 10GbE facility in
transmit direction.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
Severity
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing LSSEGR declared on an OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the steps in the procedure LANLSS (p. 2-122) on the far end port.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
MAN
MAN (Manually caused abnormal condition - card in
maintenance) / MAN (Manually caused abnormal condition Port in maintenance) / MAN (Logical removal performed on a
timing reference)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-177
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MAN
The MAN (card in maintenance) condition is raised on a card when the user has
purposefully placed the card into the maintenance state. Entities in maintenance still
provide service but don't report alarms. They monitor for faults and raise non-reported
conditions. The maintenance state provides access to service affecting commands like
port loop-backs.
The MAN (port in maintenance) condition is raised on a specific port on a card when the
user has purposefully placed the port into the maintenance state.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-178
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MAN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-179
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MAN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
LINEREFSYS
To clear the condition, check with the assigning of connection between the LINEREF and
the physical port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-180
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MANRESET
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MANRESET
MANRESET (Card Manual Reset)
The addressed card or slot is performing a manual reset.
The MANRESET condition is issued as a transient condition to inform you that a reset of
a pack has started. There is no corrective action to perform. Any failures on the pack will
be reported after the reset completes.
Severity
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-181
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MANSWTIMREF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MANSWTIMREF
MANSWTIMREF (Timing selection was switched by a manual
command to a timing reference)
The MANSWTIMREF condition occurs when OT port detects MANSWTIMREF at the
LINEREF layer. A LINEREF detects MANSWTIMREF when the timing selection is
switched by a manual command to a timing reference.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
LINEREFSYS
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
MANSWTOINT
MANSWTOINT (Manual Switch to Internal Timing )
The OT port has detected a MANSWTOINT at the SYNC layer. A SYNC detects
MANSWTOINT when a manual switch to Internal Timing (forced Free-Running mode)
has occurred.
Severity
NA
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
SYNC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-182
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MANSWTOINT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
MANWKSWBK
MANWKSWBK (Manual switch to working)
This is a standing condition indicating that a manual switch back to the working is active.
The manual switch of working back to working condition occurs when a user initiates a
manual switch to work request within a protection group. A manual switch to working
forces traffic onto the working facility/equipment unless the working facility is in the
Signal-Fail or Signal-Degrade state.
Clearing the manual switch will clear the condition. In the absence of other outstanding
requests, a cleared manual switch back to work will leave the switch position on work.
Severity
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Display the protection group for the associated <shelf slot port>.
CLI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-183
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MANWKSWBK
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
MANWKSWPR
MANWKSWPR (Manual switch to protection)
This is a standing condition indicating a manual switch to protect is active.
The manual switch of working facility/equipment to protection condition is raised when a
user initiates a manual switch to protect request within a protection group. A manual
switch to protect forces traffic onto the protect facility/equipment unless the protect
facility is in the signal fail or signal degrade state. A manual switch to protect also
prevents reversion to the working path from occurring. Clearing the manual switch will
clear the condition.
If reversion is enabled, a switch will occur to the work facility immediately after the
manual switch has cleared.
Severity
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-184
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MANWKSWPR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
MISMATCH
MISMATCH (Card Mismatch); MISMATCH (Power Filter
Mismatch); MISMATCH (Shelf Mismatch),
The MISMATCH condition type corrective actions will be divided by their respective
condition text below.
For information on some of the procedures discussed in the following trouble-clearing
procedures, please see the Alcatel-Lucent Product Information and Planning Guide.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-185
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MISMATCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify from the network plan what type of card is supposed to be in that slot.
If...
Then...
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-186
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MISMATCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
it is a DCM card,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the inserted card is the incorrect type, remove the card and insert one that matches the
provisioned type for the slot.
If the provisioning is incorrect, then reconfigure to make the provisioning match the card:
CLI
WEBUI
1. Select the slot of the desired card, and on the Card Properties window,
select Out of Service in the Primary State field, and click Submit.
2. Click the Delete tab, select Delete this card, and click Submit.
3. On the Provision Card window, select the desired card type in the
Provisioned Type field, and click Submit.
If the provisioning is correct and the card is of a matching type, then there is an issue with
the card itself. Continue with Step 4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-187
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MISMATCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-188
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MISMATCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
PF
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
If...
Then...
proceed to Step 7.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Identify whether the PF Wavelength Tracker function matches shelf Wavelength Tracker
mode. (For example, PFDCA does not support Wavelength Tracker.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Set the Wavelength Tracker mode of the shelf to the correct mode.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Provision the shelf EXPECTED_AMPS parameter with the correct value: 30, 50, or 70
amps.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-189
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MISMATCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Query the shelf for the actual power filters installed in each shelf:
CLI
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
For each PF with MISMATCH alarms, set the expectedamps value to the appropriate
power filter type:
CLI
WEBUI
Select the desired value for Expected PF, and click Submit.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-190
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MISMATCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
SHELF
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Review DCM and SFD44 shelf serial numbers and make corrections as needed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
show shelf*
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
or
config shelf <shelf> type sfd44
WEBUI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-191
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MISMATCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
In the Equipment Tree, select the desired shelf (not the Main shelf).
Click the Delete tab.
Select Delete this Shelf, and click Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the correct serial number is provisioned, but the wrong DCM or SFD44 module is
connected, replace the module with one which has the correct serial number.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
MISMATCHMOD
MISMATCH (Pluggable Module Mismatch)
This condition indicates that either the detected shelf identifier does not match the
provisioned shelf identifier, or an pluggable module is installed on an Egress LD.
a
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-192
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MISMATCHMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If it does not, go to the next step
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify the type of pluggable module that is currently inserted into the alarmed card.
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove the pluggable module and replace it with another pluggable module of the same
type. Perform the procedure Replacing an SFP Module (p. 3-27).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
MIXEDPFUSED
MIXEDPFUSED (Mixed types of power filters used)
The Mixed types of power filters alarm indicates that two different types of power filters
are provisioned in the shelf.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-193
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MIXEDPFUSED
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
SHELF
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
MMG
MMG (Mismerge)
The OT port has detected a mismerge at the MEP layer. A MEP detects mismerge when it
receives a CCM frame with a correct MEG level that is, the MEG level is the same as the
MEP's own MEG level) but incorrect MEG ID (indicating that frames from a different
service instance are merged with the service instance represented by the MEP's own MEG
ID). Such a condition is most likely caused by misconfiguration, but could also be caused
by a hardware/software failure in the network.
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
11DPE12E
This alarm is raised when an MEP receives CCM frames with the correct MEG level, but
an incorrect MEG ID. The alarm is cleared when the MEP does not receive CCM frames
with the correct MEG ID.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-194
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MMG
MMG (Mismerge)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the peer MAID (MD name and MA Name). The local MAID and remote peer
MAID should be same.
CLI
WEBUI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
MOD
MOD (Card degrade - Wavelength Tracker Channel ID
Insertion)
The Wavelength Tracker encoder on the OT or SVAC card has detected an internal fault
on the Wavelength Tracker encoder and notifies the user that the Wavelength Tracker
information is not a reliable monitoring tool. The internal fault can be a problem with the
Wavelength Tracker encoder hardware, or the problem can be low input channel optical
power to the wavelength tracker encoder. The latter is most likely the root cause when a
pluggable SFP EVOA is used for the encoder ports, as in an MVAC port, or VAn port of
an OT pack. Symptoms of this behavior include channels that are incorrectly declared
absent, and/or detected channels powers for this channel instance may not accurately
represent the actual channel power.
Note: Other Wavelength Tracker points downstream may generate alarms.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-195
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the card where the MOD condition is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-196
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
MODOUTOOR
MODOUTOOR (Modulator output power out of range)
The OT port has detected Modulator output power out of range.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
11QPA4, 11STAR1
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
This procedure details the corrective action for an MODOUTOOR against the OT port. At
the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If another card failure is reported on the card, follow the procedure for that specific alarm.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-197
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MODOUTOOR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the port is pluggable module, remove and reinsert the same module. If the alarm does
not clear, replace the module.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
MSIM
MSIM (Multiplex Structure Indication Mismatch)
The MUX OT Line port has detected the mismatch condition of the MSI bytes within the
OTU Signal payload. This may be caused by the following reasons:
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
43STX4P
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Retrieve all the alarms reported at OT port. Check if there is a signal degraded alarm
reported, such as DEGOTU. Perform the corrective action for clearing the alarms found.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
After all signal degraded alarms are cleared, retrieve the Digital Wrapper (DW)
performance monitoring group.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the affected 43STX4P port, and at the top of the WebUI window, click
Performance.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-198
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MSIM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check whether uncorrectable FEC bit errors are reported. If so, perform the action for
clearing the signal degraded alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
After all signal degraded alarms are cleared and no uncorrectable bit errors are reported,
check whether the input OTU signal MSI byte is compliant with the received OT card
settings. (The source and destination OTU are generally of the same OTU type.)
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
MTCESURV
MTCESURV (Add power control failure)
A card has detected a power control-related equipment failure.
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
The alarmed card has detected an equipment problem and this means that the
Wavelength Tracker encode power control is compromised. If this occurs during
steady state operation, there is a high probability that the services carried by this card
are unaffected.
There is a misfibering problem such that a light-emitting fiber has been plugged into
the Tx port of a Wavelength Tracker encoder-equipped transponder card.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-199
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MTCESURV
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Confirm that replacement card supports the same band as the alarmed card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Disconnect all fibers on the alarmed card and cap the ends to protect them from dirt and
damage.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Once the software on the card is successfully upgraded (this happens automatically), the
alarm should clear.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
MTCESURVDGR
MTCESURVDGR (Port degrade - wavelength tracker encode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-200
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
MTCESURVDGR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
degrade)
An OT or SVAC card has detected a DSP failure.
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
The OT or SVAC card has detected a DSP failure and this means that the wavelength
tracker encode power control is compromised. If this occurs during steady state operation,
there is a high probability that the services carried by this OT or SVAC are unaffected. To
clear this alarm, replace the card. The card replacement procedure is service affecting and
should be conducted during a maintenance window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Confirm that replacement OT or SVAC card supports the same band as the alarmed OT or
SVAC card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Disconnect all fibers on the alarmed OT or SVAC card and cap the ends to protect them
from dirt and damage.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Once the software on the OT or SVAC card is successfully upgraded (this happens
automatically), the alarm should clear.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-201
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NET
NET (Link Down; Data Link Down)
The NET NR condition is raised when the EC (ES1 & ES2) and USRPNL (OAMP, VOIP,
E1 & E2) ports are administratively disabled. When these ports are administratively
enabled and no Ethernet link connectvity is established, these NR conditions would be
reported as MN alarms.
On a fiber span, the OSC mode should match on both ends. If the rates do not match,
LOS-O is raised on one end, and Data Link Down (see LOS-O (p. 2-167) is raised on
the other end.
Severity
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Trace the source of the NET condition to the associated card and port upstream. Verify
that the source is operationally up by checking the Admin state. If the Admin state is Up,
then toggle the administrative state from UP->DOWN->UP.
EMS
Double-click the NE and then on the alarmed card's client receive port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-202
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
NET
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove the fiber from the port where the NET condition is raised.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Repeat Step 2 through Step 4 for the other end of the fiber and port where it is connected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Repeat Step 4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the card that is the source of the Ethernet signal.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the card where the NET condition is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Perform a cold reset on the card that is the source of the Ethernet signal.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Perform a cold reset on the card where the LINKDOWN condition is raised.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-203
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
NET
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
14
15
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check that the other end is plugged into a matching ethernet source (if this is an ALPHG
port, the matching source is another ALPHG port).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check that cable/fibre is the correct type for the Ethernet port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If a cable/fibre tester is available check that the cable/fibre is correct, otherwise try
another cable/fibre.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-204
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
NET
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card with the faulty Ethernet port. Refer to Replacing System Components
(p. 3-20).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
NOTALLOWED
NOTALLOWED (Card not allowed)
The NOTALLOWED alarm indicates that the card is not allowed in the shelf or system.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
NE band type does not match the applicable band of the card.
A card needing WT support is present in the shelf with Wavelength Tracker mode
disabled.
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
All cards
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Identify that the Wavelength Tracker mode of the shelf is set correctly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
NTPOOSYNC
NTPOOSYNC (Network Time Protocol is enabled, but no NTP
server is reachable)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-205
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
NTPOOSYNC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
While NTP is enabled, if all provisioned servers become not reachable or fail to meet
minimum server standards, a NTPOOSYNC condition shall be raised. This alarm shall
clear when the NTP protocol is disabled or NTP server time synchronization is
reestablished.
Once the NE is power cycled, it takes approximately 20-30 minutes to initialize.
Thereafter, time synchronization will be completed, with a maximum delay time of 2-3
minutes.
Note: When configuring NTP servers on an NE network, the provisioned NTP server
IP addresses should be that of external NTP servers, not the IP addresses of GNEs.
Provision appropriate DCNs such that the external NTP servers are reachable from all
NEs within the network. This is especially important in the event of an EC cold reboot
or EC replacement. Do not use an NE as an NTP server by remote NEs.
Severity
NA
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
SYSTEM
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify provisioned servers are valid and reachable. If not, consult network engineering for
correct server addresses.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the Equipment Controller that is raising the NTPOOSYNC
condition.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a cold reset on the Equipment Controller that is raising the NTPOOSYNC
condition.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-206
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
NTPOOSYNC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the Equipment Controller that is raising the NTPOOSYNC condition. Follow the
return and repair process to return the card to an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
OAPUMPBIASCURRHIGH
OAPUMPBIASCURRHIGH (OA pump laser bias current high)
The OT port has detected Modulator output power out of range.
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
This procedure details the corrective action for an OAPUMPBIASCURRHIGH against
the LD pack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If another card failure is reported on the card, follow the procedure for that specific alarm.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-207
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OAPUMPTEMPHIGH
OAPUMPTEMPHIGH (OA pump laser temperature high)
The LD pack has detected pump laser temperature high.
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
This procedure details the corrective action for an OAPUMPTEMPHIGH against the LD
pack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the steps in the procedure, High Temperature Troubleshooting (p. 3-70).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
OCHCOLLISION
OCHCOLLISION (Channel collision)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-208
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OCHCOLLISION
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Wavelength Tracker has detected more than one instance of the same channel at this port.
This is likely due to a fibering problem or equipment failure upstream from the alarmed
port.
Note: The alarmed port indicates the first occurrence of the collision along the path.
All downstream occurrences are flagged as conditions.
An OCHCOLLISION gets raised when a channel is present but the tones are
unexpected or, a channel is not present but there are more than 2 unexpected tones in
the upper or lower range for this channel.
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify whether the expected power for the channels at the port reporting the collision are
set.
CLI
WEBUI
In the Equipment Tree, select the affect port. Click the Wave Keys In or
Wave Keys Out tab.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-209
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OCHCOLLISION
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
If the Expected Power field is set to Off, select On and click Set Power.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the procedure Path Power Trace (p. 3-8) to identify the network path the
particular alarmed channel is traversing.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
alm
show condition
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
show condition
config card card_type shelf slot reset warm
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
alm
show condition
config card card_type shelf slot reset cold
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-210
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OCHCOLLISION
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
OCHCOLLISION-OUT
OCHCOLLISION-OUT (Channel collision Output Direction)
Wavelength Tracker has detected more than one instance of the same channel at this port.
This is likely due to a fibering problem or equipment failure upstream from the alarmed
port.
Note: The alarmed port indicates the first occurrence of the collision along the path.
All downstream occurrences are flagged as conditions.
Severity
Service affecting?
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-211
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OCHCOLLISION-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the procedure Path Power Trace (p. 3-8) to identify the network path the
particular alarmed channel is traversing.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
The trouble point for the alarm is directly upstream of the alarmed point. Retrieve a list of
active alarms on the NE and resolve issues/alarms at the trouble point. Of particular
interest are card or wavelength tracker failures.
CLI
alm
show condition
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Ensure that the physical fiber topology in the upstream direction from the alarmed port to
the ingress point into the NE matches the configured topology. Caution A changing the
physical fiber topology of the NE may be service impacting if the fiber is currently
carrying services. It is recommended to wait for a maintenance window before changing
the physical fiber topology of the NE.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-212
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OCHCOLLISION-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Observe on the downstream NE if this is the only card reporting the collision. If so, warm
reset the only alarmed card.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
OCHFDI
OCHFDI (Optical Channel Forward Defect Indication)
During the creation of a wavelength cross connect, the source node of the optical channel
will raise this non reported condition when the output wavelength is not launching at the
correct power or when the optical channel is missing. This condition clears when the
power of the wavelength is launching with the correct power. As the wavelength traverses
the network, subsequent NEs have the Channel FDI present on the ALPHG cards until the
power level of the wavelength reaches the target power. When the target power is
reached, the Channel FDI clears automatically within 5 minutes.
Note: This not-reported condition masks other reported optical channel alarms to
effectively suppress alarms and transient alarms during cross connect setup.
Severity
Not reported
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-213
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OCHFDI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
Cleaning the fiber connector of the NE may be service impacting if the fiber is currently
carrying services.
It is recommended to wait for a maintenance window before changing the physical fiber
topology of the NE.
If the OCHFDI condition is exists on a NE for longer than 5 minutes, this means that the
wavelength cannot reach the required target power. This may impact the service in terms
of potential signal quality. In this case, perform the following procedure.
At the end of each step wait to see if the condition clears. If not, continue with the next
step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Observe from the condition statement the location and specifications of the condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Retrieve the listing of cross connects on the NE and determine the service launch points.
CLI
show xc brief
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Open a new window and log into the NEs identified in Step 2.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-214
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OCHFDI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Show the path power trace on the two endpoint of the wavelength service. Determine if
the wavelength has achieved the target output power from the LD pack. Enter the
following commands on both end points to determine if the launch power has been
achieved.
CLI
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the transponder can provide the required power. If the transponder can
provide enough power, clean fiber connectors from the transponder to the OT or SVAC
port to ensure the connections are clean.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
OCHPDI
OCHPDI (Channel Payload Defect Indicator)
During the creation of a wavelength add cross connect, the source node of the optical
channel will raise this non reported condition when the output wavelength is not
launching at the correct power or when the optical channel is missing. This condition
clears when the power of the wavelength is launching with the correct power. As the
wavelength traverses the network, subsequent network elements have the Channel FDI
present on the amplifier cards until the power level of the wavelength reaches the target
power. When the target power is reached, the Channel PDI clears automatically within 5
minutes.
Note: This not-reported condition masks other reported optical channel alarms to
effectively suppress alarms and transient alarms during cross connect setup.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-215
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OCHPDI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
Cleaning the fiber connector of the NE may be service impacting if the fiber is currently
carrying services.
It is recommended to wait for a maintenance window before changing the physical fiber
topology of the NE.
If the OCHPDI condition is exists on a NE for longer than 5 minutes, this means that the
wavelength cannot reach the required target power. This may impact the service in terms
of potential signal quality. In this case, perform the following procedure.
At the end of each step wait to see if the condition clears. If not, continue with the next
step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Observe from the condition statement the location and specifications of the condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Retrieve the listing of cross connects on the NE and determine the service launch points.
CLI
show xc brief
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Open a new window and log into the NEs identified in Step 2.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-216
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OCHPDI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Show the path power trace on the two endpoints of the wavelength service. Determine if
the wavelength has achieved the target output power from the transponder. Enter the
following commands on both end points to determine if the launch power has been
achieved.
CLI
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the transponder can provide the required power. If the transponder can
provide enough power, clean fiber connectors from the transponder to the OMD or
CWR8 port to ensure the connections are clean.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
OCHKEYDUP
OCHKEYDUP (Duplicate Wave Key)
The NE has detected that another NE in the network is sourcing (heading) an OCh trail
which is using the same wavekeys as one of its own sourced (headed) trails.
The system is designed to prevent this under all normal operating conditions, however,
this situation can happen if the control network was segmented when the OCh trails were
created. If the control network is rejoined and any duplicates are discovered, this alarm
raised. The control network is segmented if the one or more amplifier CN links are down
such that a number of NEs cannot communicate to the remainder of the NEs in the
network.
Having two different OCh trails with the same wavekeys in the same optical network
prevents the ability to distinguish the two OCh trails from each-other with respect to
Wavelength Tracker monitoring capabilities.
Severity
Minor
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-217
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OCHKEYDUP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
The alarm lists the IP address and shelf/slot/port for the other NE sourcing the same OCH
trail name.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
show xc brief
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Search the list for the OCh trail in question and record the A-end, Z-end, band and
channel for that connection (you will use this in Step 5).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
OCHKEYOVERLAP
OCHKEYOVERLAP (Wave Key overlap)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-218
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OCHKEYOVERLAP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This NE has detected that the service which is raising this condition has experienced a
provisioning problem. The Wavelength Tracker wavekeys which are configured during
service creation need to be rekeyed. This is a non-service impacting event. Potential
transient Wavelength Tracker wavekey conditions may be created and then cleared as a
result of the rekey operation.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the procedure Path Power Trace (p. 3-8) to identify the endpoints of the service
for the particular alarmed channel.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
List the cross connects that currently exist on the endpoint NEs and identify the cross
connects involved with the alarmed power trace.
CLI
show xc brief
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
OCHTRAILDUP
OCHTRAILDUP (Duplicate OCH Trail name)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-219
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OCHTRAILDUP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The NE has detected that another NE in the network is sourcing an OCh trail which is
using the same OCh trail name as one of its own sourced (headed) trails.
This can happen if the loopback IP address of the sourcing NE was recently changed. In
the case of a loopback IP address change, the condition resolves itself after one hour.
This situation can also happen if one of the following situations occur:
if the control network was segmented when the OCH trails were created. If the control
network is rejoined then any duplicates are discovered and this alarm is raised. The
control network is segmented if the one or more ALPHG CN links are down such that
a number of NEs cannot communicate to the remainder of the NEs in the network.
if a database with a duplicate Och-trail is restored on a NE
if two Och Trails with the identical name are created at the same time within the
network
Having two different OCh-trails with the same name in the same optical network prevents
the ability to distinguish the two OCh-trails from each-other (with respect to Wavelength
Tracker monitoring capabilities).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-220
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OCHTRAILDUP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
The alarm will list the IP address and shelf, slot, port for the other NE sourcing the same
OCh Trail name.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Confirm that there is a NE with the IP address that is alledgedly sourcing the duplicate
OCh Trail. If the IP address of the sourcing NE was recently changed then this alarm
resolves itself within one hour.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If Step 1 did not resolve the problem, then choose which connection should have a new
name.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Recreate the connection (across the network) for the path. This involves deleting that trail
and recreating it with a different name.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
OCHTRAILUNKNOWN
OCHTRAILUNKNOWN (Unknown OCH Trail for x-connect)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-221
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OCHTRAILUNKNOWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The NE has not received the OCh trail information for this Cross-Connect from the trail's
head NE. While this condition is asserted, Wavelength Tracker monitoring for this
channel is not active on this NE. This alarm may be raised for the following reasons:
The head NE X-Connect for this OCh trail may not have been created.
There may not be proper CN/OSPF connectivity between the NEs to allow for the
distribution of trail information.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Record the exact name used to identify the OCh trail.List the cross connects that currently
exist on-NE:
CLI
show xc brief
WEBUI
Search the list for the OCh trail in question. Record the exact name used for the OCh trail
(wreache spaces and case are relevant for a match).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the OCh trail name as specified on this NE exactly matches the OCh trail
name as specified on the head NE.List the cross connects that currently exist in the
network.
CLI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Search the list for the OCh trail in question. Compare any names for the exact name
recorded in the Step 1.
If...
Then...
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-222
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OCHTRAILUNKNOWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
there is no match,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that there is CN/OSPF connectivity at the head end NE. Log into the head end NE.
Check for alarms on any ALPHG links. Resolve any outstanding alarms on the head-end
NE CN links.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the OCh trail's head NE cross-connect has been created. Log into the head end
NE for that connection. List the cross-connects that currently exist on this head-end NE:
CLI
show xc brief
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Then...
a match is found,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that there is CN/OSPF connectivity at the NE raising the condition. Log into the
NE raising the condition. Check for alarms on any ALPHG links. Resolve any
outstanding alarms on the NE CN links.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
OCHUNKNOWN
OCHUNKNOWN (Channel Unexpected)
Wavelength Tracker has detected an instance of a channel that was not provisioned at an
input port. The provisioning of a service is not yet complete, or there has been a
misfibering. This alarm may be the result of misdirected traffic or it may be a transient
during service creation.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-223
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OCHUNKNOWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check to ensure that service provisioning is complete for the channel in question.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check that the fiber feeding the detect point is correctly configured in the NE's topology
table and that the physical connection is correct.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the fiber is external to the NE, ensure that it is the correct one.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
A connected fiber may have resulted in the local channel unexpected and the other
channel missing alarms. Examine the network for any channel absent alarms.
CLI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-224
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OCHUNKNOWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
OCHUNKNOWN-OUT
OCHUNKNOWN-OUT (Channel Unexpected)
Wavelength Tracker has detected an instance of a channel that was not provisioned at the
output of a port. The provisioning of a service is not yet complete, or there has been a
mis-fibering. This alarm may be the result of misdirected traffic or it may be a transient
during service creation.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check to ensure that service provisioning is complete for the channel in question.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check that the fiber feeding the detect point is correctly configured in the NE's topology
table and that the physical connection is correct.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the fiber is external to the NE, ensure that it is the correct one.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-225
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OCHUNKNOWN-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
A connected fiber may have resulted in the local channel unexpected and the other
channel missing alarms. Examine the network for any channel absent alarms.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
OCI
OCI (Open Connection Indication - ODU)
OT port has detected Open Connection Indication condition at ODUk Path layer. This
defect indicates that network operator in an external multi-vendor OTN network has not
provisioned at least one ODUk connection in an OTN switched network. OCI
maintenance signal is not sourced by 1830 PSS network.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-226
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OCI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This may be caused if the network operator in external OTN network has deleted or not
yet provisioned a connection in OTN switched network.
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing an OCI condition declared on an
OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Contact network operator(s) responsible for equipment that sources OTM-0.2 signal to
11STAR1 client port to clear the OCI.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
OCIEGR
OCIEGR (Egress Open Connection Indication - ODU)
OT port has detected Open Connection Indication condition at ODUk Path layer. This
defect indicates that network operator in an external multi-vendor OTU network has not
provisioned at least one ODUk connection in an OT switched network. OCI maintenance
signal is not sourced by 1830 PSS network. This may be caused if the network operator in
external OT network has deleted or not yet provisioned a connection in OTU switched
network.
Severity
CR
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
43STX4, 43STX4P
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-227
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OCIEGR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing an OCIEGR condition declared
on an OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Contact network operator(s) responsible for equipment that sources OTM-0.2 signal to
the affected client port to clear the OCI condition.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
OPR
OPR (Channel Optical Power Out of Range)
The OPR condition is raised when the OT or SVAC cannot successfully maintain the
output channel power at the provisioned value. This may be due to a hardware issue on
the OT or SVAC card.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If this service has no transponders, troubleshoot the equipment that is connected to the
OT or SVAC card's input port to determine and resolve any issues.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-228
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OPR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Retrieve the optical power levels at the receive port of the OT or SVAC card where the
alarm is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Thoroughly clean the fiber jumper connected to the receive port of the OT or SVAC card
raising the alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Thoroughly clean the fiber bulkhead connector of the receive port of the OT or SVAC
card raising the alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-229
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OPR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
OPRLOSSHIGH
OPRLOSSHIGH (Out of Operational Range Loss Too High
between DCM Ports of LD)
The OPR Out of Operational Range - Loss Too High alarm is raised when the loss
between the DCM in and out ports of a amplifier is too high.
Severity
NA
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Retrieve the optical power levels at the DCM port of the amplifier card where the alarm is
raised.
CLI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-230
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OPRLOSSHIGH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the card where the OPR condition is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
OPRLOSSLOW
OPRLOSSLOW (Out of Operational Range - Loss Too Low)
The OPR Out of Operational Range - Loss Too High Low is raised when the loss between
the DCM in and out ports of a amplifier is too low.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-231
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OPRLOSSLOW
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Retrieve the optical power levels at the DCM port of the amplifier card where the alarm is
raised.
CLI
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the card where the OPR condition is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-232
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OPRLOSSLOW
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
OPRPWRHIGH
OPRPWRHIGH (Out of Operational Range - Input Power Too
High)
The OPR Out of Operational Range - Input Power Too High alarm is raised when the
signal power into the LINE or SIG port of a amplifier is too high.
Severity
NA
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Retrieve the optical power levels at the LINE or SIG port of the LD card where the alarm
is raised.
CLI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-233
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OPRPWRHIGH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Thoroughly clean the fiber jumper connected to the LINE or SIG port of the amplifier
card raising the alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Thoroughly clean the fiber bulkhead connector of the LINE or SIG port of the amplifier
card raising the alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the card where the OPR condition is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-234
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OPRPWRLOW
OPRPWRLOW (Out of Operational Range - Input Power Too
Low)
The OPR Out of Operational Range - Loss Too High Low is raised when the loss between
the DCM in and out ports of a amplifier is too low.
Severity
NA
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Retrieve the optical power levels at the LINE or SIG port of the LD card where the alarm
is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-235
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OPRPWRLOW
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Thoroughly clean the fiber jumper connected to the LINE or SIG port of the amplifier
card raising the alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Thoroughly clean the fiber bulkhead connector of the LINE or SIG port of the amplifier
card raising the alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the card where the OPR condition is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
OPROOR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-236
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OPROOR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
11STAR1
This procedure details the corrective action for an OPROOR against the OT port. At the
end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If input power level is lower or higher than the required on the port, identify the
associated OCh trail and verify the power levels along the OCh trail.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If all power levels along the OCh trails fall within the target range, locate the fiber
connected directly to receiver of the port which detects OPROOR condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If cleaning the fiber does not clear the problem, replace the fiber.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Clean the input port of the OT. If the port is pluggable module, replace the module.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-237
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OPR-OUT
OPR-OUT (Outgoing Channel Optical Power Out of Range)
The OPR-OUT condition is raised on cards with a Wavelength Tracker detect point when
the power of the outgoing channel is outside of the provisioned power range. This alarm
may be caused by the introduction of more or less attenuation in the fiber, or by an
amplifier adjust that may have occurred elsewhere in the network, due to fiber repair
activity or network adjustments such as adding or deleting a node.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-238
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OPRTX
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OPRTX
OPRTX (Channel Power Unstable)
The OPR Channel Power Unstable alarm is raised on cards with a Wavelength Tracker
detect point when the power is outside of the provisioned power range.
This alarm may be caused by one of the following:
In the case of FOADM (running in manual mode) when channel power is not adjusted
to the expected power levels
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the procedure Path Power Trace (p. 3-8) to determine the power levels
upstream of the alarmed card. Troubleshoot, isolate and identify other alarms or
conditions that would cause the OPR alarm to be raised. Using the appropriate corrective
actions resolve these issues first.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-239
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OPRTX
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Retrieve the optical power levels at the receive port of the card where the alarm is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Thoroughly clean the fiber jumper connected to the receive port of the OT or SVAC card
raising the alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Thoroughly clean the fiber bulkhead connector of the receive port of the OT or SVAC
card raising the alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the card where the OPR condition is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-240
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OPRTX
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
OPRUNACHIEVE
OPRUNACHIEVE (Channel Power Unachievable)
This condition is raised if the present network output power at the OT, SVAC, MVAC or
VAn port is less that the programmed network output power. When this alarm is present
there is a high probability that this service is not being impacted. Therefore, immediate
action is not required. If the port is an SVAC, MVAC or VAn port encoder, there is a high
probability the condition may be a result of low input power due to high loss between
components, or low output power from the source optical interface. This situation should
be investigated as soon as possible.
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
This procedure is service affecting and should be conducted during a maintenance
window.
Note: If an OPSA pack is topologically connected between the transponder (OT) and
the encoder port (MVAC or SVAC), then the troubleshooting steps referring to
cleaning and verifying fiber connections should be applied to OPSA ports Sig In and
A Out, B Out as well.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-241
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OPRUNACHIEVE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Determine the transponder line port that is connected to OT VA port, MVAC port, or
SVAC port.
CLI
WEBUI
This indicates the expected power, actual power, and what each OT or SVAC port is
connected to.
If the optical line to which the alarmed interface connects is Manual power managed,
enter (CLI) show interface powermgmt sh/sl/[Line|Lineout]
If the Power Management Type is Manual, verify that the output power target set for the
encoder interface is consistent with the output power required by the Engineering
Planning Tool plan for the network. If necessary correct the target output power for the
interface and wait 5 minutes to see if the alarm clears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Visually inspect the fiber connecting the transponder (OT) line port and OT VA, MVAC
or SVAC port. Check that the fiber is not being pinched or bent tightly. Ensure that the
fiber connectors are properly seated at the OT line out port or SVAC In, MVAC In, VA In
port, and any bulkhead connectors (if any) between them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Using an optical power meter, measure the optical output power of the transponder to
ensure that the output power is within specification. Make this measurement as close as
possible to the output port of the transponder.
If...
Then...
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-242
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OPRUNACHIEVE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the output power is with acceptable limits, clean and reconnect the transponder and OT
or SVAC and check the alarm status of the shelf. If the output power remains below
specification:
1. Reseat the transponder card. Refer to Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
2. Measure the optical output power of the transponder. If the output power remains
below specification, Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components
(p. 3-20). Follow the return and repair process in the Customer and Product Support
guide to return the faulty card to an authorized repair center for replacement.
3. If the source transponder for the signal is outside the 1830 PSS (alien channel
transport case) replace the source transponder.
4. If the source optical interface is a replaceable pluggable optical module, replace the
SFP or XFP module (see Replacing an SFP Module (p. 3-27) or Replacing an XFP
Module (p. 3-30)).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the encoder is an OT (VA, SVAC or MVAC) port, using an optical power meter,
measure the optical power being received.
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Measure the optical power being received at the OT VA, SVAC or MVAC In port.
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Clean the OT VA, SVAC or MVAC In port. Clean and reconnect the fiber between the
transponder and OT VA, SVAC or MVAC port. Check the alarm status of the shelf.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-243
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OPRUNACHIEVE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Measure the optical power being received at the OT VA, SVAC, or MVAC input port to
confirm power is present. If the alarm has not cleared, replace the OT VA port SFP
EVOA, MVAC port SFP EVOA, or SVAC card. Refer to Replacing System
Components (p. 3-20).
If the encoder is directly the line port of the OT:
1. Attempt a warm reset of the pack and wait to see if the problem clears.
CLI: config card card type shelf slot reset warm
WebUI: Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
2. Attempt a cold reset of the pack and wait to see if the problem clears.
WebUI: Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
3. Replace the OT card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Follow the return and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return
the faulty card to an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
OPTINTBASE
OPTINTBASE (Optical Intrusion Baseline Needed)
An optical intrusion baseline value other than the default (-1) is needed for proper optical
intrusion detection.
Severity
MN
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Only a user with administrative-level privileges can perform this procedure.
In the WebUI, select the affected card in the Equipment Tree.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-244
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OPTINTBASE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the Baseline Span Loss field, select a valid value (dB), and click Submit.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
OPTINTDET
OPTINTDET (Optical Intrusion Detected)
Optical intrusion to the line fiber is detected.
Severity
MJ
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Only a user with administrative-level privileges can perform this procedure.
In the WebUI, select the affected card in the Equipment Tree.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the Clear Optical Intrusion Detected Alarm field, and click Submit.
If the span loss has substantially changed, the span loss baseline will need to be adjusted
accordingly (see Step 3).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
OPTINTSUSP
OPTINTSUSP (Optical Intrusion Monitoring Suspended)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-245
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OPTINTSUSP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Optical intrusion monitoring to the line fiber is suspended due to local or upstream NE
conditions. The alarm could be due to a variety of NE alarms such as NET, LOS-P, APR
and CARDINIT. The OPTINTSUSP alarm clears when the underlying cause clears.
Follow the respective procedure to clear the underlying cause alarms.
Severity
MJ
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-246
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
OSCSSF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OSCSSF
OSCSSF (Server Signal Failure - OSC)
The LINE port on one of the ALPHG, AHPHG, AHPLG cards or the OSCSFP port on
one of the ALPFGT, or OSCT cards has detected a Loss Of Signal. The OSCSSF
conditon is raised against the OSC or OSCSFP port when the LOS alarm is raised against
LINE port when the power measured at the port input drops below a threshold.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
Severity
NR
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
No corrective action is required. Refer to the corrective action for the LINE port LOS
alarm (see LD Input LOS (p. 2-153)).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-247
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PCSGENERATOR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PCSGENERATOR
PCSGENERATOR (PCS Generator active)
The PCSGENERATOR condition is raised when the by Test signal loopback test is in
progress at the 100GA/D client port.
Severity
NA
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
112SA1L, 112SCA1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card. On the Port Loopback Control window, deselect (uncheck)
the Test Signal Loopback Enabled field.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PLM
PLM (Payload Mismatch Indication - ODU)
The OT port has detected a Payload Type Mismatch condition at ODUk Path layer. This
defect indicates that the service and/or mapping types on two ends of the ODUkP link
dont match. The Payload Type indicator is encoded in the Payload Structure Identifier
field of ODUkP. When expected and received PT values dont match, a PLM condition is
declared.
This condition is typically declared on both ends of the ODUkP path.
This may be caused due to inconsistent provisioning of service/mapping types on the two
ends of the ODUkP segment (between two 11STAR1 OTs or between 11STAR1 and
11STMM10).
Severity
NA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-248
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PLM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing a PLM condition on an OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Identify the far-end peer of the local OT port where the PLM condition exists.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the service configuration document to determine which signal type and/or mapping
mode is expected to be configured on the ODUkP segment that has PLM condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Modify signal type and/or mapping mode to match the service configuration document
(and match on both ends of the segment).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the source of one end of the ODUkP segment is in another operators network (this
would be the case if there is an OTM-0.2 hand off between 1830 PSS network domain
and client OTN network) contact the operator and resolve the mismatch in setting.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PLMEGR
PLMEGR (Egress Payload Mismatch Indication - ODU)
The OT port has detected a Payload Type Mismatch condition at ODUk Path layer. This
defect indicates that the service and/or mapping types on two ends of the ODUkP link
dont match. The Payload Type indicator is encoded in the Payload Structure Identifier
field of ODUkP. When expected and received PT values dont match, a PLM condition is
declared. This condition is typically declared on both ends of the ODUkP path. This may
be caused due to inconsistent provisioning of service/mapping types on the two ends of
the ODUkP segment.
Severity
CR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-249
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PLMEGR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
43STX4, 43STX4P
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing a PLMEGR condition on an OT
port. At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next
step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Identify the far-end peer of the local OT port where the PLM condition exists.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the service configuration document to determine which signal type and/or mapping
mode is expected to be configured on the ODUkP segment that has PLM condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Modify signal type and/or mapping mode to match the service configuration document
(and match on both ends of the segment).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the source of one end of the ODUkP segment is in another operators network (this
would be the case if there is an OTM-0.2 hand off between the 1830 PSS network domain
and the client OT network) contact the operator and resolve the mismatch in setting.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRCDRERR
PRCDRERR
This section includes procedures for the following alarms:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-250
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PRCDRERR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
SHELF
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Review the shelf serial numbers that are assigned to the subtended shelves by displaying
the shelf list.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
show shelf*
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Disconnect the control cables to any shelf that should not be connected.
If any rotary dial settings are not unique, or not in the range 2-8: disconnect the
control cables to the shelf, correct the rotary dial setting, and reconnect the control
cables.
CLI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-251
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PRCDRERR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In prior releases, there were no checks in place to prevent cross connects that do not
adhere to these rules. Therefore, if there are any cross connects already in place from a
previous release that do not adhere to the rules, this condition is raised on the NE in this
release after an upgrade from a previous release.
Services that are running over invalid cross connects may continue to operate, in which
case it may be best to wait for a maintenance window before performing this procedure,
or they may be interrupted, in which case a loss of service alarm is raised.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
COM
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examine the cross connects on the NE, and look for cross connects that do not conform to
the rules. These cross connects are considered invalid.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Delete the invalid connections. Any service that is running over an invalid cross connect
that is deleted is interrupted.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-252
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PRCDRERR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This error occurs upon the upgrade of the software to this release. One or more
services were provisioned in a previous software release across a topology that was
valid in that release, but which is invalid in this release due to rule changes for power
management topology.
A physical topology link on the NE's through-path was changed or deleted when there
were no through services provisioned, but add/drop services were present. The next
time an attempt was made to provision a service, the service provisioning failed (or
the next time a warm restart occurred, an alarm was raised against each of the existing
services).
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
Referring to the network plan for this NE in this release, review the NE's physical
topology link information and verify that the proper cards are installed and all physical
topology links are correct.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Make changes as required to fix all incorrect internal physical topology links.
CLI
WEBUI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-253
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PRCDRERR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alternatively, you can set the ports involved to operate under manual power management,
but this is not recommended. Contact your service representative before setting any ports
to manual power management.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PWR
PWR
This section includes procedures for the following alarms:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-254
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PWR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
PF
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the breakers for the alarmed shelf and verify that they are ON.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Using a DC voltmeter, measure the power going to the shelf and verify that it is within
the accepted limits for proper operation (-48 to -52 volts).
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the Equipment Controller that is raising the PWR condition.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-255
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PWR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a cold reset on the Equipment Controller that is raising the PWR condition.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the Equipment Controller that is raising the PWR condition. Follow the return
and repair process to return the card to an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PWRADJCOMMS
PWRADJFAIL (Inter NE communication timeout blocking power
adjustment)
The Power Adjust Communications condition is raised when the ingress optical line
adjustment algorithm is unable to retrieve information from the upstream optical line to
use in the adjustment calculations. Power adjustments are run during system initial
commissioning, and during in-service power balancing (which can be manually user
triggered, auttriggered, or triggered by the commissioning and power balancing tool). The
most likely source of this condition is the upstream NE is busy processing other requests.
PWRADJCOMMS is a non-reported non-service affecting condition. If the ingress
optical line adjustment was run automatically there is no corrective action required. The
adjustment will be run again at another point in the future. If the auto triggered
adjustment is persistently resulting in PWRADJCOMMS follow the corrective actions
below.
PWRADJFAIL is a related condition: When the ingress adjustment was not run
automatically and an upstream communication timeout occurs, the PWRADJFAIL
condition is raised as a reported condition in addition to the non-reported
PWRADJCOMMS condition. This allows the user to correct the failure, if necessary,
given the context the adjustment was triggered in.
Severity
Not reported
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-256
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PWRADJCOMMS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify the local NE can communicate with the upstream NE. Correct the communications
problem with the upstream NE before proceeding to the next step. (Refer to procedures
for DCN setup, OSPF setup, and verifying that the OSC channel operates correctly.)
CLI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Repeat Step 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the upstream NE is undergoing discovery by an NMS system, wait for the NMS to
finish discovery, then re-run the ingress line adjustment (see Step 1).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PWRADJFAIL
PWRADJFAIL (Power Adjustment Failure); PWRADJFAIL (No
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-257
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PWRADJFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-258
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PWRADJFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
If...
Then...
proceed to Step 6.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
alm
WEBUI
If the SFD40/SFD40B has been initialized, and has a temperature alarm, delete all the
optical channel services and turn off OTU lasers connected to SFD40/SFD40B.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-259
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PWRADJFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When the temperature alarm is cleared, re-provision the optical channel service and
continue with Step 6.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the reason for the failure at the ingress LD card that has raised the PWRADJFAIL
alarm.
CLI
WEBUI
In the Equipment Tree, select the LD card and then its affected port.
Click the Power Management tab.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the reason is a lack of communication to the upstream NE, resolve the communication
issue prior to resolving the PWRADJFAIL alarm. Ensure the NE with the PWRADJFAIL
alarm can communicate with the upstream NE.
CLI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Retrieve the optical power levels at the receive port of the LD card where the alarm is
raised.
CLI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-260
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PWRADJFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired port.
Click the Wave Keys In/Wave Keys Out tab.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
CLI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Using the standard optical fiber jumper cleaning procedure, clean the fiber, and measure
the power again. Clean the receive bulkhead connector on the card. If the cleaning/fiber
un-kinking resolves the power levels to the acceptable limits, then go back to Step 9.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
Verify that the fiber length and type used in the span immediately upstream of the
alarmed card still match the original specifications according to the network plan. Any
deviation from the specifications, as a result of work done on the span, may require new
network parameters and /or a rebalancing of the network to compensate. Follow the
appropriate procedures in the Alcatel-Lucent User Provisioning Guide to validate the new
parameters of the network.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
Perform the Path Power Trace (p. 3-8) to determine other possible causes of the
PWRADJFAIL alarm and fix these first.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14
Perform a warm reset on the card where the PWRADJFAIL alarm is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-261
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PWRADJFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16
17
Replace the alarmed card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow
the return and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the
faulty card to an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-262
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PWRADJFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the adjustment is an ingress adjustment, verify total power is reported at the upstream
line's LINE Out or LINEOUT port (depending on LD type), and at the downstream NE
RA2P output (if equipped) and ingress LD SIG Out or LINEOUT port (depending on LD
type). Troubleshoot the reason total power is missing before returning to this procedure.
Re-run an ingress adjustment after troubleshooting.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the adjustment is an egress adjustment verify total power is reported at the egress line
LD LINE Out or LINEOUT port (depending on LD type). Troubleshoot the reason total
power is missing before returning to this procedure. Re-run an egress adjustment after
troubleshooting.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the Path Power Trace (p. 3-8) to view the power levels of the optical channels
in transmission at the point where the condition is raised.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the port for which the PWRADJFAIL is raised is monitored by a WTOCM pack, verify
the WTOCM pack is correctly installed, and detecting channels expected at the monitored
port. If necessary complete troubleshooting the WTOCM problems, wait one minute, then
re-run the adjustment.
CLI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-263
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PWRADJFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify by visual inspection that fiber connections between the pack ports of the optical
line adjusted. For an ingress adjustment verify the NE's upstream neighbor optical line
optical connection are correctly mated. Mate properly if necessary, wait for one minute,
then re-run the adjustment.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify by visual inspection that the fiber patch cables between ports are not damaged. If
any are damaged replace the cables at earliest maintenance window.
Caution: Replacing fiber patch cables is service affecting.
Wait until APR conditions clear, then wait for one minute, then re-run the adjustment.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify by field inspection that there are no defects in the fiber plant between an upstream
and downstream NE that could be causing reflections. This step is only applicable to an
ingress adjustment. Make any repairs to the fiber plant required. Wait until APR
conditions clear, then wait for one minute, then re-run the adjustment.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If power levels remain unstable at a port, and the problem can be localized to one pack,
follow the procedure for a warm reset of a pack. After the reset completes, wait for one
minute, the re-run the adjustment.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
If power levels remain unstable at a port, and the problem can be localized to one pack,
perform a cold reset of a pack.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
After the reset completes, wait for APR to clear, wait for one minute, the re-run the
adjustment.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
If power levels remain unstable at a port, and the problem can be localized to one pack,
follow the procedure for replacing a pack. Refer to Replacing System Components
(p. 3-20). Follow the return and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide
to return the faulty card to an authorized repair center for replacement. Re-run the
adjustment.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-264
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PWRADJREQ
PWRADJREQ (Power Adjust Required)
A PWRADJREQ condition is raised when:
Changing the network EPT parameter values and breaking the line fiber into the
ingress LD
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-265
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PWRADJREQ
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a power adjust operation at the ingress amplifier card or the ALPHG card that
has raised the PWRADJREQ alarm.
CLI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PWRMARGIN
PWRMARGIN (Power Adjust Loss Margin Exceeded)
This condition is raised as a result of the gain, required to increase the power level at the
ingress port of an LD amplifier, being close to the maximum value as set by the
Engineering and Planning Tool (EPT). Without the ability to increase the gain any further,
the repair margin has been compromised and any additional loss would result in
power-adjust alarms.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-266
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PWRMARGIN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the Path Power Trace (p. 3-8) to determine if there are any anomalies upstream
of the alarmed card that would cause PWRMARGIN condition to be raised. Look for
excessive losses in fiber jumpers or connectors or signal degrade conditions.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove the fiber jumper from the point just before the anomaly and clean the fiber and
the bulkhead connector. Insert the fiber back into the bulkhead connector from which it
was removed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Repeat Step 1 and Step 2 for the path going upstream until all the excessive losses are
resolved.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that the fiber length and type used in the span immediately upstream of the
alarmed card still match the original specifications according to the network plan. This
may require a validation by performing an Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR)
test from the customer patch panel into the fiber plant. Any anomalies detected at this
stage require external intervention by personnel responsible for the maintenance of the
fiber plant.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the path is within all acceptable power ranges, then it is possible that the gain range
provisioned by the EPT for this amplifier is insufficient to accommodate the unexpected
change in loss in the network. Capture the current operating state of the network, using
the EMS XML network export feature and refer the problem to network planning for
analysis.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PWRMAXGAIN
PWRMAXGAIN (Gain Adjustment Exceeded Max Value)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-267
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PWRMAXGAIN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PWRMAXGAIN indicates the LD gain setting has been set higher than the maximum
value the EPT designed for this LD. This condition indicates that the loss between the
upstream NE line and the alarmed LD line is higher than expected. While the network can
continue to operate in this condition if sufficient margin exists for the lightpaths using the
LD, it is recommended the condition be corrected as soon as possible.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that the span loss preceding the ingress LD Line In is less than the planned
maximum loss. If the loss measured is higher than planned, attempt to clean the
connections to the fiber span and manually trigger an ingress adjustment at the alarmed
line.
Note: After re-connecting the fiber patch cable the user will need to wait for the APR
condition on the line to clear. If the span loss remains too high, network replanning
and re-provisioning of power management attributes may be required before clearing
the alarm is possible.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the line uses an RA2P amplifier preceding the alarmed LD pack, verify that the RA2P
gain is within the planned limits. Pack attributes at the RA2P Line In port report the
minimum and maximum expected gain from Raman amplification. Compare the gain
value reported by the gain attribute at the RA2P Line In port to the range. If the gain is
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-268
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PWRMAXGAIN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
less than the minimum there may be a point loss problem between the RA2P Line In port
and the fiber span. Attempt to locate and repair the point loss problem, and manually
trigger an ingress adjustment at the alarmed line.
Note: After reconnecting the fiber patch cable the user will need to wait for the APR
condition on the line to clear. If the Raman amplifier gain problem cannot be resolved,
do not continue this troubleshooting routine, and escalate the problem.
Possible other problems include:
Connecting to a fiber type of the wrong type compared to plan. This can only be
uncovered by a fiber plant survey by skilled personnel.
Incorrect point loss assumptions entered into the engineering planning tool at design
time.
Fixing a Raman gain problem may involve network replanning and re-provisioning of
power management attributes prior to attempting to clear the alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the line uses an RA2P amplifier and the gain from Raman amplification is within the
planned range, verify that the loss between the RA2P Line Out port and the alarmed
ingress LDs LINEIN port is within the loss range expected for a fiber patch cable. If the
loss is higher than expected attempt to clean the connectors.
Note: Note: After reconnecting the fiber patch cable the user will need to wait for the
APR condition on the line to clear. Reattempt the ingress adjustment for the alarmed
line.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the fiber connecting the alarmed LD LINEIN port to the RA2P LINEOUT port.
Note: After reconnecting the fiber patch cable the user will need to wait for the APR
condition on the line to clear. Reattempt the ingress adjustment for the alarmed line.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the alarm remains, escalate the problem to those responsible for planning the network.
Network replanning and re-provisioning of power management attributes may be required
before clearing the alarm is possible.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-269
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PWRSUSP
PWRSUSP- OT or SVAC - (Power management suspended);
PWRSUSP- CWR8 (Power management suspended)
Power management operations are suspended for the alarmed channel. The main purpose
of this condition is to help debug other problems. For example, if an alarm is present
indicating the power leaving a NE is too low, retrieve all conditions for the NE and check
if the PWRSUSP condition is present.
This condition applies to OT or SVAC add channels or CWR8 thru channels.
For the OT or SVAC:
The measured loss from the input port to the egress LD is different from the
theoretical loss by 4dB or more. The alarm is raised when the power control loop for
the card attempts to change its power (to get the egress LD channel power to the
correct value) and reaches the 4dB clamp.
Not reported
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-270
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PWRSUSP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
The corrective action depends on Access Identifier (AID). If the AID is:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-271
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PWRSUSP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
damaged fiber
dirty fiber
dirty port (OT, SVAC, or CWR8 port (A, B, C, or D))
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Trace the fiber connecting the alarmed OT or SVAC Line port through the packs
preceding the CWR8 pack or directly to the CWR8 OMD In, or CWR8 CLS (1 to 8) port.
If there is no CWR8 pack for this line trace the fiber connecting the alarmed OT or SVAC
Line port through the packs preceding the LD pack Line Out port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Clean the fiber ends connecting the alarmed OT or SVAC Line port to the next pack
preceding the CWR8 pack. Packs that may be included in the path to the CWR8 include
the OMD44.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the preceding steps did not clear the alarm clean the CWR8 OMD port or CLS (1 to 8)
port that the channel passes through. If there is no CWR8 pack for this line clean the fiber
connections between the packs up to the egress line at the LD pack Line Out port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-272
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PWRSUSP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the fiber connecting the alarmed OT or SVAC Line port to the next pack
preceding the CWR8 pack (or CWR8 CLS (1 to 8) port).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the OT or SVAC card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-273
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PWRSUSP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check for communications problems with the upstream NE. Reestablish communications
if required.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check for upstream problems with the channel. If there are any, troubleshoot and clear
these alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check for hardware problems with the local alarmed CWR8. If there are any alarms or
conditions, troubleshoot and clear these alarms.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check if the WT powers of the alarmed channels are missing at the CWR8 Sig port.
If...
Then...
proceed to Step 6.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-274
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PWRSUSP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If checking the add path topology for clean connections between packs did not resolve the
issue, try triggering an egress adjustment at the LD Line port of the egress line to which
the CWR8 Sig port connects.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check whether the WT powers of the alarmed channels are missing at the LD Line port of
the egress line that the CWR8 Sig port connects to.
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-275
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
PWRSUSP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PWRTILTSUSP
PWRTILTSUSP (Amplifier gain tilt adjustments suspended)
The PWRTILTSUSP condition indicates that the amplifier gain tilt adjustments have been
suspended.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
Note: The PWRTILTSUSP condition notifies the user that alarms present in the
system have caused the automatic adjustments to be suspended.
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing the PWRTILTSUSP condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Identify and correct current transmission or equipment failures in the optical line.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
RAMANSUP
RAMANSUP (Raman Suppress - Line)
The LINE port on externally facing line cards has detected a Loss Of Signal on a line that
has an external Raman Amplifier connected. This RAMANSUP alarm would have an
associated LOS alarm is raised if the power measured at the port input drops below a
threshold.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-276
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
RAMANSUP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity
MJ
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
No corrective action is required. Refer to the corrective action for the LINE port LOS
alarm (see LD Input LOS (p. 2-153)).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-277
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
RCVROPTPROG
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RCVROPTPROG
RCVROPTPROG (Receiver Optimization in Progress)
The Line input port on one of the 40G OT cards is tuning after recovering from an LOS.
After a 40G OT card has initialized successfully, the Tunable Dispersion Compensator
(TDC) and Delay Line Interferometer (DLI) on the line-side receive path will
automatically tune to optimize transmission performance. During the TDC/DLI
optimization, the RCVROPTPROG alarm is raised to notify the user that the pack is
tuning, and transmission is not yet stable. When the TDC/DLI tuning process is
completed, the alarm clears.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
This procedure details the corrective action for a RCVROPTPROG against the Line port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the LOS alarm cleared less than 10 minutes ago wait for the alarm to clear.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the administrative state of the port is Admin Up. When it is Up, then toggle
the administrative state from UP > DOWN > UP.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-278
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
RCVROPTPROG
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove the fiber from the port where the LOS was raised and measure the optical power.
If the optical power is below the threshold level provisioned by the Photonic Manager for
the type of port, then using standard optical fiber jumper cleaning procedure, clean the
fiber, and measure the power again. If the optical power is within the required limits,
clean the receive connector on the card. If the RCVROPTPROG condition is still present
more than 10 minutes after the LOS clears, the problem may be with the card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
RDI
RDI (Remote Defect Indication)
The OT port has detected a RDI at the MEP layer. A MEP detects RDI when it receives a
CCM frame with the RDI field set.
Severity
Major
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-279
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
RDI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
11DPE12E
The alarm is cleared when the MEP receives a CCM frame where RDI is set to 0.
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the remote peer MEP alarms. The remote peer MEP alarms trigger RDI on the
local MEP.
CLI
alarm
WEBUI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
REMOVEMOD
REMOVEMOD (Pluggable Module Removed)
The REMOVEMOD condition indicates that a pluggable module has been removed.
Severity
TC
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
All cards
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-280
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
REPLUNITMISS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
REPLUNITMISS
REPLUNTMISS (Card Missing)
The card missing condition is raised when a provisioned slot, that has both a programmed
card-type and an Admin state of In-Service, does not have a card in it. The slot has been
provisioned as such and no card has been inserted, or an inserted In-Service card has been
physically removed from that slot.
Severity
TC
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
All cards
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
If...
Then...
proceed to Step 3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Although only one PF is required in the 1830 PSS-16, the REPLUNITMISS condition
may occur when only one PF is present. Disable the REPLUNITMISS alarm on the PF
slot that is empty:
CLI
WEBUI
In the Equipment Tree, select System and click the Fault function.
On the Alarmable Conditions window, in the Override Severity column,
select Not Reported for the empty PF slot.
Click Submit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-281
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
REPLUNITMISS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that there is a card in the slot against which the alarm is raised. If no card is
present, insert a card of the provisioned type into the slot. To verify which card type has
been provisioned for the slot:
CLI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
a card is present,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
1. switch activity
2. replace the Equipment Controller that used
to be active (but is now inactive)
3. switch activity back again
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the REPLUNITMISS alarm does not clear, remove the alarmed card and arrange for
repair to the backplane. Follow the return and repair process to return the damaged card
or shelf to an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-282
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
REPLUNITMISSMOD
REPLUNTMISS (Pluggable Module Missing)
The optics module (pluggable module) for the port is missing or the card is not able to
successfully detect the presence of the module. The problem could be with the pluggable
module or the card. Typically, this alarm is raised if the pluggable module is not installed
or not properly seated.
Severity
Service affecting?
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If there is no pluggable module in the port where the pluggable module missing condition
is raised, then insert one that is appropriate for that transponder card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-283
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
REPLUNITMISSMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove the pluggable module from the port on the card it is inserted in. Examine the
connector on the SFP and the receptacle connector on the card where the SFP plugs into
for any damage. If no damage is seen, reinsert the pluggable module into its port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove and replace the pluggable module with another unit of the same type, being
careful with the connected fiber jumpers. Refer to Replacing an SFP Module (p. 3-27).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a cold reset of the card on the card where the pluggable module failure is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
RFIEGR
RFIEGR (Remote Client Remote Fault)
The OT port has detected a Remote Fault Identifier (RFI) ordered set on the 10GbE LAN
service transported over the OTUk in the transmit direction.
This may be caused if the remote client equipment is generating RFI ordered sets.
Severity
NA
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing RFIEGR declared on an OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-284
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
RFIEGR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the steps in the procedure LANRFI (p. 2-123) on the far end port.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
RFIL
RFIL (Remote Fault Indication)
An RFIL condition may be raised on a client or network SDH port of the listed line cards
and may be attributed to a fault on the remote device (the equipment connected to the
client or network port). The remote device is either detecting a problem on its receive link
or has some sort of local fault and is generating an RFI in the downstream direction.
Severity
Not reported
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
11STMM10
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Retrieve alarms and conditions for the local NE that has the RFI-L condition on its
receive port. Examine them and identify faults on the services supporting the devices that
have the RFI-L condition. Resolve any issues with respect to these faults first.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Repeat Step 1 for the far end device. Examine the devices associated with the same
services.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-285
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
RFIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset of the card on the local card where the RFIL condition is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset of the card on the upstream card that is sending the RFIL.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a cold reset of the card on the local card where the RFIL condition is raised.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a cold reset of the card on the upstream card that is sending the RFIL.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reseat the local card where the RFIL condition is raised. Refer to Reseating a Card
(p. 3-19).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reseat the upstream card that is sending the RFIL. Refer to Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the alarmed card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow
the return and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the
faulty card to an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
SDBER
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-286
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SDBER
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing the SDBER against the OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If cleaning the fiber does not clear the problem, replace the fiber.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the power level is within the operating range, check for pluggable module alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-287
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SDBER
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing the SDBER against the OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If cleaning the fiber does not clear the problem, replace the fiber.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the power level is within the operating range, check for pluggable module alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
SDEG-O
SDEG-O (SUPVY Signal Degrade)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-288
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SDEG-O
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The OSC SFP receive port on one of the amplifier cards has detected a signal degrade.
The SDEG-O alarm is raised if the SONET framer detects errors in the as per the SONET
specification
This may be caused by the following reasons:
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
This procedure details the corrective action for a SDEG-O against the OSC port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Query for the OSC receive power on the port where the SDEG-O condition is present.
CLI
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired
port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that the fiber is the correct type (multi-mode / single mode) and that the other end
of the fiber is connected properly.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-289
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SDEG-O
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the administrative state of the port is Admin Up. If it is Up, then toggle the
administrative state from UP-->DOWN-->UP.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
Replace the OSC SFP located inside the amplifier. See Replacing an SFP Module
(p. 3-27). Follow the return and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide
to return the faulty pluggable module to an authorized repair center for replacement.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-290
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SDEG-O
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
SDEGR
SDEGR (Egress Signal Degrade - ODU)
The OT port has detected a Signal Degrade Bit Error Rate exiting the OT client port.
Severity
MJ
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
43STX4, 43STX4P
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing the SDBER against the OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If cleaning the fiber does not clear the problem, replace the fiber.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the power level is within the operating range, check for pluggable module alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-291
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SFMISMATCH
SFMISMATCH (Software Version Mismatch)
There is software version mismatch.
This alarm may be raised under the following conditions:
The software (application and boot only, not FPGA) on the alarmed card does not
match the software on the nearest EC card because the card failed to update
successfully
When all cards are not running the same software release
Severity
Service affecting?
Applicability
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Find the software version number and release number on the EC card. Compare the
corresponding number in the alarmed card. If it is not the same, download the software
from EC to the alarmed card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-292
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SLTMSIG
SLTMSIG (Timing reference frequency has moved off the
required accuracy limits (not Protected or Protection not
Available))
The SLTMSIG condition occurs when the OT port detects SLTMSIG at the LINEREF
layer. A LINEREF detects SLTMSIG when the timing reference frequency has moved off
the required accuracy limits, (not Protected or Protection not Available).
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
LINEREFSYS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-293
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SSF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SSF
SSF (Server Signal Failure - OTU)
The OT port has detected an Optical Channel (Och) Server Signal Failure. A condition
that is treated as a Server Signal Failure (i.e., a Loss of Signal, LOS) was detected. Each
of the following conditions is treated as a Server Signal Failure:
A misconnected, damaged or dirty fiber on the trail between the local OTUk receive
port and the far end transmitter
Severity
Not reported
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing the SSF declared on an OT port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If power level is low on the DWDM facing port, identify the associated OCh trail and
verify the power levels along the OCh trail.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Identify the farthest upstream point relative to the far end OTUk port at which power
level falls within the expected range.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-294
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SSF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the alarms/conditions on the node located in Step 3 or the node immediately
upstream from point identified in Step 3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If all power levels along the OCh trails fall within the target range, locate the fiber
connected directly to receiver of the port which detects SSF condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If cleaning the fiber does not clear the problem, replace the fiber.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the problem is detected on the client port of 11STAR1 OT, and the power level is
within the operating range, check for pluggable module alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
SSFODU
SSFODU (Server Signal Failure - ODU)
The OT port has detected a Server Signal Failure at the ODUk level. Conditions that can
cause an SSFODU are:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-295
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SSFODU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A misconnected, damaged or dirty fiber on the trail between the local OTUk receive
port and the far end transmitter
OTS/OMS layer failure on the OCh trail
The received power may not be within the acceptable range on the Far end input
Severity
Not reported
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing the SSFODU declared on an OT
port. At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next
step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If power level is low on the DWDM facing port, identify the associated OCh trail and
verify the power levels along the OCh trail.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Identify the farthest upstream point relative to the far end OTUk port at which power
level falls within the expected range.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the alarms/conditions on the node located in Step 3 or the node immediately
upstream from point identified in Step 3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If all power levels along the OCh trails fall within the target range, locate the fiber
connected directly to receiver of the port which detects SSFODU condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-296
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SSFODU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If cleaning the fiber does not clear the problem, replace the fiber.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the problem is detected on the client port of 11STAR1 OT, and the power level is
within the operating range, check for pluggable module alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
SSFODUEGR
SSFODUEGR (Egress Signal Server Failure - ODU)
The OT port has detected a Server Signal Failure at the ODUk level exiting the client
port. Conditions that can cause an SSFODU are:
A misconnected, damaged or dirty fiber on the trail between the local OTUk receive
port and the far end transmitter
Severity
NR
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
43STX4, 43STX4P
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-297
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SSFODUEGR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing the SSFODUEGR declared on an
OT port. At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the
next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If power level is low on the DWDM facing port, identify the associated OCh trail and
verify the power levels along the OCh trail.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Identify the farthest upstream point relative to the far end OTUk port at which power
level falls within the expected range.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the alarms/conditions on the node located in Step 3 or the node immediately
upstream from point identified in Step 3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If all power levels along the OCh trails fall within the target range, locate the fiber
connected directly to receiver of the port which detects SSFODUEGR condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If cleaning the fiber does not clear the problem, replace the fiber.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the problem is detected on the client port of OT, and the power level is within the
operating range, check for pluggable module alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-298
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SWEQPT
SWEQPT (Equipment Controller redundancy is compromised);
SWEQPT (Protection switching equipment failure)
The SWEQPT alarm is raised when the redundant equipment is not able to support a
failure of the working equipment. The condition SWEQPT (Equipment Controller
redundancy is compromised) (p. 2-300) is raised when the redundant Equipment
Controller is unable to provide protection whereas the condition SWEQPT (Protection
Switching Equipment Failure) (p. 2-304) is raised by the working transponder card when
the mate transponder card is not able to provide protection.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-299
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SWEQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
SHELF-1
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
show logs severity (unless the default settings have been changed, the
Trouble-clearing procedures
SWEQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Look for the log "Equipment Controller redundancy is compromised". The log contains a
demerit descriptor, as seen in Table 2-1, Corrective Actions for Equipment Controller
Demerits (p. 2-301).
For each log/demerit that is raised, take the corrective action as listed in the following
table. If a transitional demerit remains for greater than 20 minutes, then proceed with this
procedure.
Table 2-1
Demerit
Corrective Action
Irreconcilable
schemas
DB Not Fully
Synched
TIRS not
synched
Subshelf link
This demerit is raised when the inactive controller has fewer sub-shelf links
that the number of programmed subtended shelves.
User-initiated
act switch
No user action is required to clear this demerit. This is a demerit that is used
internally upon a user initiated activity switch. It clears automatically and
causes an evaluated, safe activity switch.
No System
Timing
This demerit is raised when the controller does not support system timing
and a primary and/or secondary timing reference have been provisioned.
This demerit will cause a controller activity switch if the inactive controller
does not have this demerit raised and the active does. See if the System
Timing Not Supported alarm is present and troubleshoot it.
SWL not
Synched
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-301
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SWEQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-1
(continued)
Demerit
Corrective Action
System Timing
compromised
This demerit is raised when the inactive controller's system timing module is
not reporting the same status as the active controller's system timing module.
1. Wait for 20 seconds because this alarm should clear within 20 seconds
when the inactive system timing module is synchronized to the active
system timing module.
2. Look for system timing related alarms on any controller and
troubleshoot them.
3. If no system timing alarms are present and the demerit is still present,
replace the inactive controller.
System Timing
clock lost
System Timing
HW Failure
This demerit is raised when the controller detects a failure of the circuitry
that controls and provides NE-wide timing clocks. This controller must be
replaced.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset of the card on the inactive card where the alarm is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-302
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SWEQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-303
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SWEQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Determine if there are any hardware or software failure alarms for the transponder card
that is inactive and providing protection for the working one. Based on the information
presented, determine the cause of the failure and resolve that issue first using the
appropriate corrective action(s).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-304
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SWEQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reseat the mate transponder card. Refer to Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the mate transponder card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20).
Follow the return and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return
the faulty card to an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
SWFTDWN
SWFTDWN (Software Upgrade in Progress)
Indicates that a software upgrade is currently in progress on the NE. This alarm is active
if the NE is being upgraded, or has finished upgrading and is waiting for a command to
commit or to back-out of the upgraded software release.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
The corrective action depends on whether you want to commit the software upgrade, or
back out of the software upgrade. The alarm clears when a commit or a back out is issued
after the software upgrade is complete.
For more details on the upgrade process, refer to the Alcatel-Lucent User Provisioning
Guide.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-305
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SWFTDWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Re-enter this command until the system indicates that the software upgrade is complete.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-306
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SWFTDWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
SWMTXMOD
SWMTXMOD
This section includes procedures for the following alarms:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-307
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SWMTXMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
CWR8
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the card where the SWMTXMOD condition is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-308
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SWMTXMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-309
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SWMTXMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Critical
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the steps in the procedure EQPTDGR (p. 2-75) for the standby card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the steps in the procedure EQPTDGR (p. 2-75) for the active card.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
SWUPGCOMMIT
SWUPGCOMMIT (No committed software load (Autoinstall
disabled))
The SWUPGCOMMIT alarm is raised after the database has been manually cleared or
restored.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
SYSTEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-310
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SWUPGCOMMIT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To upgrade to a new release or clear the alarm, the current software load must be
committed. Enter the following command to commit the software:
CLI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
SWUPGFAIL
SWUPGFAIL (Software Upgrade Failed)
The SWUPGFAIL alarm is applicable at the NE-level and/or the card-level. This alarm is
raised when the NE or card fails to upgrade to the designated load.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
NE level: SYSTEM
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-311
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SWUPGFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Based on the information provided by the status, as listed in the following table,
determine the cause of the failure and resolve that issue first.
Table 2-2
Upgrade
status
Action
Transfer failed
File access
failed
Problem accessing the load file on the EC disk. Retry the upgrade process.
File corruption
detected during
transfer
Timeout
Operation in
progress
No action required.
Install in
progress
No action required.
Transfer in
progress
A card was removed while an upgrade was in progress. Retry again (with or
without the missing card).
The software release does not contain a software load for the card.
1. Check that you are upgrading to the correct software load. Retry with
the correct load.
2. If you are upgrading to the correct load, determine if the card in question
is required for normal operations.
3. If the card is not required, remove the card from the system.
4. If the card is required for normal operation, contact your service
representative.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-312
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SWUPGFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-2
Upgrade
status
(continued)
Action
Lost
communication
with target
The card has a problem with one or more of its flash banks.
1. Retry the upgrade process.
2. If the retry fails,then replace the card in question
Flash write
failed
The card has a problem with one or more of its flash banks.
1. Retry the upgrade process.
2. If the retry fails, then replace the card in question
Flash erase
failed
The card has a problem with one or more of its flash banks.
1. Retry the upgrade process.
2. If the retry fails, then replace the card in question.
DB erase failed
DB read failed
DB write failed
TFTP server ip
address not set
Failed to access
catalog
TFTP server
error
TFTP network
error
TFTP timeout
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-313
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SWUPGFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-2
Upgrade
status
No upgrade path
(continued)
Action
Attempt to upgrade to a release which is not backwards compatible with the
current release.
1. Upgrade to an intermediate release first.
2. Once the intermediate load is accomplished, retry the upgrade process to
the final upgrade release.
Operation
aborted
Invalid script
The audit was unable to produce a valid upgrade script. Retry the upgrade
process.
Backup&Restore
host IP not set
Database backup
failed
Database restore
failed
Couldn't find
database to
restore
Attempted
activate before
load
Bank is empty
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-314
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SWUPGFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-2
(continued)
Upgrade
status
Action
A software load file could not be found on the disk. Repeat the upgrade to
transfer the file from FTP to the disk.
Operation
interrupted by
reset
Software version
mismatch
A commit failed because not all cards were running the same software
release. This error is not the cause of an upgrade failure alarm.
Repeat the upgrade process.
Activity switch
failed
Mate EC unable
to take activity
The inactive EC was unable to take activity, so the upgrade cannot continue.
1. Resolve redundancy issues.
2. Retry the upgrade process.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the card that failed to upgrade and try the upgrade procedure
again.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a cold reset of the card on the card that failed to upgrade and try the upgrade
procedure again.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-315
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SWUPGFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reseat the card that failed to upgrade and try the upgrade procedure again. Refer to
Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card that failed to upgrade and try the upgrade procedure again. Refer to
Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return and repair process in the
Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an authorized repair
center for replacement.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
SYNCOOS
SYNCOOS (Timing reference failed (Not Protected or
Protection not Available)) / SYNCOOS (Timing reference
failed--system going into holdover)
One of two causes for SYNCOOS:
The OT port has detected SYNCOOS at the LINEREF layer. A LINEREF detects
SYNCOOS when the timing reference failed, (not Protected or Protection not
Available).
The OT port has detected an SYNCOOS at the SYNC layer. SYNC detects
SYNCOOS when all available timing references have failed and the system is going
into holdover.
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
Yes (LINEREFSYS)
No (SYNC)
Applicability
LINEREFSYS, SYNC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-316
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SYNCOOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-317
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SYNCOOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
SYNREFFAIL
SYNREFFAIL (Timing reference failed, (not Protected or
Protection not Available))
The OT port has detected an SYNCREFFAIL at the LINEREF layer. A LINEREF detects
SYNCREFFAIL when the timing reference failed, (not Protected or Protection not
Available).
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
LINEREFSYS
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-318
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
SYNREFFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
SYNREFUNEQ
SYNREFUNEQ (Timing reference unassigned)
The OT port has detected an SYNCREFUNEQ at the LINEREF layer. A LINEREF
detects SYNCREFUNEQ when the timing reference is unassigned.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
LINEREFSYS
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
SYSBOOT
SYSBOOT (Cold Start); SYSBOOT (Warm Start)
Severity
Transient Condition
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
All cards
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-319
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-320
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
TIM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
TIM
TIM (Trace Identifier Mismatch)
The TIM condition is typically raised when the received section trace does not match the
expected section trace. This may be caused by either an error in the provisioning of the
section trace, or an error in the fibering. For the Trail Trace Identifier Mismatch condition
(Network Ports) the cause would be an error in the fibering at the near end or the far end.
This alarm is raised if:
There is an error in the configuration of the trace at the transmit or receive end (TIM)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-321
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
TIM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check that the section trace configuration of the client port is correct:
CLI
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the SONET device generating the section trace, connected to the client port that is
raising the TIMS alarm, and verify its configuration. If there are errors in the provisioning
of the section trace transmit state, mode or message, correct them. Refer to that device's
user manual.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-322
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
TIM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that the physical fibering between the client port and the SONET device is correct.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset of the card on which the TIMS condition is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a cold reset of the card on which the TIMS condition is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-323
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
TIM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that the physical fibering between the network receive port of the transponder and
the output port of the SFD5, SFD44, or SFC2/4/8 is correct.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the procedure Determining the Far End of a Service (p. 3-10) to determine the
NE and location of the transponder at the other end of this service.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that the physical fibering between the network transmit port of the transponder and
the input port of the SFD5, SFD44, or SFC2/4/8 is correct.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset of the card on the local card where the TIM condition is raised. If
the problem does not clear then perform a warm reset on the far-end card associated with
the local card raising the TIM condition.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-324
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
TIM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a cold reset of the card on the local card where the TIM condition is raised. If the
problem does not clear then perform a cold reset on the far-end card associated with the
local card raising the TIM condition.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reseat the alarmed card. If the problem does not clear then reseat the associated far end
card. Refer to Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the alarmed card. If the problem does not clear then replace the associated
far-end card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
TIMEGR
TIMEGR (Egress Trail Identifier Mismatch - ODU)
The TIM condition is typically raised when the received section trace does not match the
expected section trace. The TIMEGR alarm is a TIM condition detected exiting the client
port. This may be caused by either an error in the provisioning of the section trace, or an
error in the fibering. For the Trail Trace Identifier Mismatch condition (Network Ports)
the cause would be an error in the fibering at the near end or the far end.
This alarm is raised if:
There is an error in the configuration of the trace at the transmit or receive end (TIM)
There is an error in the fibering of compatible SONET sources (TIM or TTI
Mismatch)
Severity
CR
Service affecting?
Yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-325
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
TIMEGR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Applicability
43STX4, 43STX4P
To clear the TIMEGR condition, perform the steps in the procedure, TIM (p. 2-321).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-326
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
TIMODU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
TIMODU
TIMODU (Trace Identifier Mismatch - ODU)
This alarm is raised when the incoming optical channel trail trace message does not match
the expected incoming optical channel trail trace message.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
Mis-fibering
Improper provisioning
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
Failure to follow instructions in this step could result in SERVICE INTERRUPTION.
Notify the person in charge of the optical line so that traffic can be re-routed.
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing the TIMODU alarm declared on
an OT port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examine the NE alarm list. Determine the AID of the OT reporting this alarm condition.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-327
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
TIMODU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the local office records. Determine if the correct expected ODU trail trace message
for this signal matches the data in the expected incoming ODU trail trace message listed
for the report.
If...
Then...
Proceed to Step 6.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Trace the fiber jumper connected to the line port of the OT identified in the AID, back to
the source OT. If the jumper fiber is connected to the correct source, go to Step 6.
Note: Refer to Caution at the beginning of this procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use local procedures to connect the fiber jumper to the correct source.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the alarm is still listed in the NE alarm list, then at the user interface, enter the correct
expected incoming ODU trail trace message. The TIMODU alarm should clear.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
TRMT
TRMT (Port Transmit Failure)
The Port transmit Failure is valid on 10G network ports and may indicate several different
issues with the transmit port such as transmit lock detect, temperature deviations, transmit
laser failures, and so on.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-328
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
TRMT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity
Critical.
Service affecting?
Yes.
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove the pluggable module from the port on the card it is inserted in. Examine the
connector on the pluggable module and the receptacle connector on the card where the
pluggable module plugs into for any damage. If no damage is seen, reinsert the pluggable
module into its port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove and replace the pluggable module with another unit of the same type, being
careful with the connected fiber jumpers. Refer to Replacing an SFP Module (p. 3-27).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a cold reset of the card on the card where the pluggable module failure is raised.
CLI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-329
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
TRMT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
TRMTMOD
TRMTMOD (Pluggable Module Transmit Failure)
The Pluggable Module Transmit Failure condition is raised at the pluggable module
equipment and indicates a fault on the transmit port of the pluggable module. This is
usually a laser failure where light is not detected at the transmit port.
Severity
Critical.
Service affecting?
Yes.
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-330
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
TRMTMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove the pluggable module from the port on the card it is inserted in. Examine the
connector on the pluggable module and the receptacle connector on the card where the
pluggable module plugs into for any damage. If no damage is seen, reinsert the pluggable
module into its port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove and replace the pluggable module with another unit of the same type, being
careful with the connected fiber jumpers. Refer to Replacing an SFP Module (p. 3-27).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a cold reset of the card on the card where the pluggable module failure is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
UNG/UNP
UNG/UNP
The OT port has detected a UNG or UNP at the MEP layer.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-331
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
UNG/UNP
UNG/UNP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A MEP detects Unexpected MEP or unexpected period when it receives one of the
following:
CCM frame with a correct MEG level (that is, the MEG level is the same as the
MEP's own MEG level) and a correct MEG ID, but an Unexpected MEP ID which
includes the MEP's own MEP ID
CCM frame with a correct MEG level (that is, the MEG level is equal to the MEP's
own MEG level), a correct MEG ID, a correct MEP ID, but with period field value
different than the MEP's own CCM transmission period
Determining the unexpected MEP ID is possible when the MEP maintains a list of its peer
MEP IDs. A list of peer MEP IDs must be configured on each MEP during provisioning.
This condition is most likely caused by misconfiguration.
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
11DPE12E
The alarm is cleared when the MEP does not receive CCM frames an expected MEP ID,
or MEP does not receive a CCM frame with an incorrect period field value.
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the peer MAID (MD name and MA Name). The local MAID and remote peer
MAID should be same.
CLI
WEBUI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN (Card Unknown)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-332
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
UNKNOWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The system does not recognize the inserted card. An unsupported card type, or faulty card
is present. This alarm is raised when a card has been inserted but never establishes
communications with the controller.
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
All cards
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify if the inserted card is supported for the current running release.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the card is not yet supported in this release and the card is a required type for the NE,
verify that the correct release is running on the NE. Upgrade the NE to the correct release
if it is not to support this card type.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the NE is running the correct release but the card is not yet supported in that release,
remove the card and replace it with one that is supported by the software running on the
NE.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the card is supported and the NE is running the correct release, the problem may be
with the card itself.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-333
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
UNKNOWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
UNKNOWNMOD
UNKNOWNMOD (Pluggable Module Unknown)
The optics module (pluggable module) inserted in the port is of a type that is not
recognized and the system cannot obtain manufacturing information on the unit. There is
a possibility that the pluggable module is damaged and the card is not able to correctly
identify the module or that there is damage on the card preventing correct identification of
the pluggable module.
Severity
Service affecting?
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-334
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
UNKNOWNMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove the pluggable module from the port on the card it is inserted in. Examine the
connector on the pluggable module and the receptacle connector on the card where the
pluggable module plugs into for any damage. If no damage exists, reinsert the pluggable
module into its port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove and replace the pluggable module with another unit of the same type. Refer to
Replacing an SFP Module (p. 3-27). Take special care when handling the connected
fiber jumpers.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-335
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
UNKNOWNMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a cold reset of the card on the card where the pluggable module defect is raised.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
. If there is no transmission, check that the provisioned signal rate is supported by the
pluggable module that is present. If not, use a different pluggable module, or change the
signal rate provisioning to a value supported by the pluggable module.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
UPM
UPM (GFP User Payload Mismatch)
The OT has detected a GFP User Payload Mismatch.This condition is raised when the
encapsulation mode provisioning for the two OTs on opposite ends of an optical link do
not match
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-336
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
UPM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing the GFP User Payload Mismatch
on an OT port. At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with
the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Locate the OT with the UPM defect. Verify the encapsulation mode value.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Locate the OT at the opposite end of the link. Ensure that the provisioning for the
encapsulation mode parameter is the same for each OT.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
URU
URU (Underlying Resource Unavailable)
The URU-OTS conditions indicate that a transmission failure has occurred within the
Ingress, and if equipped, the Egress LD card.
The Underlying Resource Unavailable (URU) condition allows the north bound
monitoring system to detect that a service affecting condition other than LOS-P is present,
including transmission and equipment defects within the OTS or OTU layer. The 1830
PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16/PSS-4 will report LOS-P and URU (URU-OTS and URU-OTU)
at their line facing ports. For OTS, the 1830 PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16/PSS-4 correlates the
defects within the LD cards to report the URU-OTS conditions against the external facing
Line port. The LD card Line port is an OTS port type. For the simulated OTU facility this
means correlating the defects on the OT port to report the URU-OTU conditions against
the OTU type OT port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-337
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
URU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Major
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
NA
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NA
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-338
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
URU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Major
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
Major
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
Corrective Action
Perform corrective actions for the reported pluggable module conditions on the OT card.
Major
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-339
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
URU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
Perform corrective actions for the reported card failure conditions on the OT card.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-340
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
USALS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
USALS
USALS (Auto Laser Shutoff Due to Upstream Fault)
USALS is raised when the client port laser is turned off either because the network port of
this card has an optical LOS, or the corresponding client port at the far end of the service
has a fault.
Severity
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Determine which network port on the near-end card is associated with the client port that
has raised the USALS condition. Network ports for this product are usually port 1. Look
for LOS, LOC or LOF at the network port or Out of Service type alarms at the associated
client port(s).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Using the applicable procedure for the fault detected in Step 1, clear the fault.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-341
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
USALS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the desired behavior at the near end client port is to inject an Alarm Indication Signal
(AIS), idle frames, or an invalid signal and not to shut the laser off in reaction to the
upstream fault, issue the following command at the near end to change the LOSProp
(LOS Propagation) setting.
CLI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Using the procedure Determining the Far End of a Service (p. 3-10), determine the
nature of the fault at the far end. Look for LOS or Out of Service type alarms at the
associated client port(s).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Using the applicable procedure for the fault detected in Step 4, clear the fault.
If the condition does not clear, perform the following steps on the near end card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-342
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
USALS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Repeat Step 6 to Step 9 for the associated card at the far-end of the service.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
USLOS
USLOS (Upstream Channel Absent)
Wavelength Tracker could not detect the provisioned channel going through the amplifier
and is raising a non-alarmed condition to indicate that that an upstream failure exists.
Possible reasons for this condition may be:
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-343
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
USLOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step. It
may take several seconds for channel power out of range and channel absent alarms to
clear after each step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the procedure Path Power Trace (p. 3-8) to identify the network path the
particular alarmed channel is traversing.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Find the source of the channel's service and ensure that the add cross connect is
administratively up and that there are no Wavelength Tracker or channel
alarms/conditions for the associated transponder or SVAC upstream. If there are, clear
those alarms/conditions first before continuing.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Retrieve the configured topology upstream from this port to the service's ingress point to
the NE. Ensure that the physical fiber topology matches.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that the loss in the fiber that is feeding the port is not higher than expected by
comparing the bulk powers ending and leaving the fiber. If the loss is higher than
expected, clean the fiber ends, and if this does not solve the problem, replace the fiber. If
this still does not solve the condition on the amplifier, the problem may be with the card
itself.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-344
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
USLOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
USOCHCOLLISION
USOCHCOLLISION (Upstream Channel Collision Input Direction)
Wavelength Tracker has detected more than one instance of the same channel at this port.
This is likely due to a fibering problem or equipment failure upstream from the alarmed
port.
Severity
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the procedure Path Power Trace (p. 3-8) to identify the network path the
particular alarmed channel is traversing.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-345
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
USOCHCOLLISION
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
alm
show condition
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. Refer to Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return
and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to
an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
VCGLOA
VCGLOA (Loss of alignment)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-346
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
VCGLOA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A loss of alignment has occurred in the virtual concatenation (mapping of a 1GbE signal
from a 11STMM10 client port into 24 STS-1s for 11STMM10 network port
transmission).
The VCGLOA alarm is masked by any higher level SONET section or line alarms, so if
this alarm is present it means that the 11STMM10 is receiving a valid, error-free OC-48
network signal.
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
11STMM10
Corrective Action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify the end-to-end path of the 11STMM10 circuit to ensure that the card reporting the
alarm is connected to a 11STMM10 on the far end. A possible cause of this alarm is if the
card is connected to another valid OC-48 signal generated by a test set or SONET
interface, but which does not include two GFP encapsulated 1GbE signals. Perform a
warm card reset of the 11STMM10 reporting the alarm.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset of the card of the far end 11STMM10 that is connected to the
11STMM10 reporting the alarm.
CLI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-347
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
VCGLOA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a cold reset of the card of the far end 11STMM10 that is connected to the
11STMM10 reporting the alarm.
Note: Refer to Caution at the beginning of this procedure.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reseat the card of the far end 11STMM10 that is connected to the 11STMM10 reporting
the alarm. Refer to Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the 11STMM10 reporting the alarm. Refer to Replacing System Components
(p. 3-20). Follow the return and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide
to return the faulty card to an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
VCGSSF
VCGSSF (VCG Server Signal Failure)
The OT has detected a VCG Server Signal Failure. This rare condition is raised when the
time slots are incorrect.
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
11STMM10
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-348
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
VCGSSF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that the time slot information on the 11STMM10 line port and ODU1 are correctly
provisioned on each end of the optical link. If not, use the following CLI commands to
ensure timeslots are provisioned the same:
0 or 1, 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22, 25, 28, 31, 34, 37, 40, 43, 46
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
VOLTAGEHIGH
VOLTAGEHIGH [High input voltage defect]
The voltage level of the external DC supply is high. This alarm is raised if there is too
much voltage going to the breaker feed or the voltage is above the threshold. This could
be due to a problem with the power feed to the breaker card.
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If it does not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Using a DC voltmeter, measure the power going to the shelf and verify that it is within
the accepted limits for proper operation (-48 to -52 volts).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-349
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
VOLTAGEHIGH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the Equipment Controller that is raising the PWR condition.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a cold reset on the Equipment Controller that is raising the PWR condition.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the Equipment Controller that is raising the PWR condition. Follow the return
and repair process to return the card to an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
VOLTAGELOW
VOLTAGELOW [Low input voltage defect]
Either the voltage level of the external DC supply is low or the breaker switch has been
turned off. This alarm is raised if there is no voltage going to the breaker feed or the
voltage is below the threshold. This could be due to the breaker being shut off, or due to a
problem with the power feed to the breaker card.
Severity
Critical
Service affecting?
No
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-350
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
VOLTAGELOW
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Applicability
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If it does not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the breakers for the alarmed shelf and verify that they are ON.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Using a DC voltmeter, measure the power going to the shelf and verify that it is within
the accepted limits for proper operation (-48 to -52 volts).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a warm reset on the Equipment Controller that is raising the PWR condition.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a cold reset on the Equipment Controller that is raising the PWR condition.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the Equipment Controller that is raising the PWR condition. Follow the return
and repair process to return the card to an authorized repair center for replacement
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
VTSFDI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-351
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
VTSFDI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NA
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
11DPE12, 11DPE12E
Corrective action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing the VTSFDI alarm associated
with an 11DPE12/11DPE12E OT port. At the end of each step, wait to see if the fault
clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Identify the farthest upstream alarm/condition relative to the far end OTU2 port or client
GBE port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
VTSOCI
VTSOCI (VTS Open Connection Indication)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-352
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
VTSOCI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The OT has detected a Virtual Time Slot Open Connection Indication on an associated
VTS. This condition is raised when the downstream 11DPE12/11DPE12E OT receives an
APS/PCC message indicating an OCI from the upstream OT. The VTSOCI alarm is raised
at the downstream OT on the Virtual Time Slot [n] which has an established connection.
Severity
Major
Service affecting?
Yes
Applicability
11DPE12/11DPE12E
Corrective action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing the VTOCI alarm associated with
an 11DPE12/11DPE12E port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WKSWBK
WKSWBK (Automatic switch to working)
WKSWBK indicates an automatic protection switch from the protection side to the
working side. As a result, the working side becomes the active side. This can occur
when a fault is detected on the protection side, or when the user provisions the protection
side to Admin Down. It applies to all protection schemes (Y-cable, OPS, ESNCP) when
the protection group is non-revertive. (Y-cable can be provisioned to either revertive or
non-revertive. OPS and ESNCP are always non-revertive.)
Severity
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-353
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
WKSWBK
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective Action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.If
there are no faults against working facility/equipment:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Determine which side is the working side and which side is the protection side.
CLI
show aps
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the port of the card, and click the Port tab.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
show interface
WEBUI
From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired port.
If the state is down, the switch may have been caused by user administrative provisioning.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check for faults on the protection side card, or the protection side client/line ports.
CLI
alm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-354
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
WKSWBK
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Note: This results in a standing condition for the lockout itself (LOCKOUTOFPR).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-355
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WKSWPR
WKSWPR (Automatic switch to protection)
This is a standing condition indicating that the protection facility/equipment is active.
This condition is raised only when reversion is enabled.
If the working facility/equipment is error-free then the condition automatically clears
once the wait-to-restore timer has expired.
Severity
Not alarmed
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
Corrective Action
The action required to clear this condition depends on whether or not there are
outstanding problems against the working facility/equipment.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.If
there are no faults against working facility/equipment:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-356
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
WKSWPR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: This results in a standing condition for the lockout itself (LOCKOUTOFPR).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
WTR
WTR (Wait to restore timer in effect)
The OT port has detected WTR at the LINEREF layer. A LINEREF detects WTR when
on a timing reference and defects have cleared and the Wait to Restore timer is in effect.
Severity
Minor
Service affecting?
No
Applicability
LINEREFSYS
Corrective Action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-357
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Trouble-clearing procedures
WTR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
2-358
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
3
Overview
Purpose
This chapter lists the following supporting procedures for the 1830 Photonic Service
Switch 32/16/4 that are referenced in Chapter 2, Trouble-clearing procedures.
Contents
Alarms and Logs
3-4
3-4
WebUI Procedure
3-5
3-5
3-5
3-7
3-8
Procedure
3-8
3-10
Procedure
3-10
3-10
Procedure
3-11
3-12
3-12
3-13
Backing Up a Database
3-13
Restoring a Database
3-14
Firmware
3-14
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-1
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-14
Software Upgrades
3-16
3-16
3-17
Rebooting Components
3-18
3-18
Reseating a Card
3-19
Procedure
3-19
3-20
3-20
3-22
3-25
Replacing a DCM
3-26
3-27
3-30
3-33
3-35
3-40
3-42
3-50
3-53
3-55
Procedure
3-55
Performing loopbacks
3-56
Overview
3-56
3-57
3-70
3-70
3-71
3-71
3-74
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-2
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Card-Specific Troubleshooting
3-76
3-76
3-77
3-79
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-3
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Alarms and Logs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The 1354 RM-PhM and web interface provide graphical tools for viewing alarms and
logs. The CLI interface provides test-only interfaces. The active alarms list is
automatically updated using the 1354 RM-PhM and web interface. The CLI does not
provide autonomous alarm notification.
You can view the alarms or logs on the NE you are logged in to, or you can view the
alarms on a remote NE. To view alarms and logs using the CLI, see the Alcatel-Lucent
CLI Command Guide. To view alarms and logs using the EMS, see the Alcatel-Lucent
1354RM-PhM EMS Reference Guide.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-4
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Alarms and Logs
WebUI Procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WebUI Procedure
The web interface displays a summary of the active alarms on the NE at the top of the
navigation pane. The active alarm display is refreshed as specified in the session settings.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the web interface, select a shelf, slot, or port on the Device Tree on the left of the
window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To view a detailed list of active alarms, click on the active alarm summary display or
select Reports > Alarm List > Total.
Result: The Alarm List is displayed with a detailed list of the active alarms on the NE.
The list of alarms is refreshed automatically. You can refresh the list at any time by
clicking Refresh.
If you want to see alarms of one specific severity type, you can also sort this list by
severity (Critical, Major, or Minor) by selecting the corresponding severity after
Reports > Alarm List.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To view a detailed list of active conditions, select Reports > Condition List. Scroll to the
right to view the condition types associated with each alarm.
Result: The Condition List is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To view logs, select Logs > Alarms > Severity Level Alarm Log.
Result: The Alarms Log is displayed.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Select Administration > Alarm Configuration and select the entity type for which you
want to change the alarm configuration.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-5
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Configuring alarm severity
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The alarm conditions applicable to the selected entity type are displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on the row containing the alarm condition you want to change.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the new severity from the drop-down list and click Submit.
The new alarm severity is applied for the selected condition on all of the entities on the
NE that match the selected entity type.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Click Fault.
Result: The Alarmable Conditions are displayed for this entity.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on the row containing the alarm condition you want to change.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the new severity from the drop-down list, and click Submit.
Result: The new alarm severity is applied for the selected condition on the selected
entity.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-6
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Configuring alarm severity
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To configure the alarm severity for all entities of the same type, go to the Topology View
and select the NE or NEs on which you want to change the alarm severity.
Note: If you do not explicitly select any NEs, the EMS will select all NEs in the
network for configuration. In this case, the EMS will retrieve alarm configuration data
for all of the NEs in the network, which may take a significant amount of time.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the entity type for which you want to change the alarm severity.
A list of condition types applicable to the selected entity is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-7
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Configuring alarm severity
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To configure the alarm severity for a specific entity, from the Management Control panel
(Topology View) and select the NE on which you want to change the alarm severity for a
specific entity.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the specific entity (card or port) where you want to change the alarm severity.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
entity.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-8
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Path Power Trace
Procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
alm
sh condition
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Locate the first point along the path at which power out of range or absent is observed, or
there is a significant difference between expected and observed power. This point is
referred to as the "First point of concern" in this procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Troubleshoot the alarms, concentrating on the points adjacent to the first point of concern.
The problem is most likely located between the first point of concern and the detection
point immediately upstream from it.
Note: It may take several seconds after corrective actions have been applied for
channel missing, channel absent, and power out of range alarms to clear.
1. Ensure that the relevant connection exists and is administratively up at the first point
of concern and at the point immediately upstream from it.
CLI
show xc brief
2. Examine the output for the connection of the appropriate band and channel. If the
connection exists then check the admin states of the connection and associated ports.
CLI
3. If the connection or ports are admin down then the entities must be brought admin up
in order to clear the alarm(s).
To bring a connection admin up:
CLI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-9
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Path Power Trace
Procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5. If the client port is admin down then it must be brought admin up in order to clear the
alarm(s).
CLI
Check the OCh Trail name for the near end of the service.
CLI
show xc brief
Search for the <shelf/slot/port> corresponding to the card and port in question. This will
provide the information required to proceed to Step 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examine the output of Step 2 to determine the far end of the service.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Supporting procedures
Checking for Services on a Port
Procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
show interface
<shelf/slot port>
srvcActivity brief
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If any services are marked as Active then this equipment is currently carrying active
services.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
It may be possible to switch all services onto an alternate path if all services are protected.
Examine the output from Step 1. If a service is protected it will have a protection member
listed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2.
3.
4.
5.
show interface
This will reveal the nodes that are the endpoints of the service as well as the APS
protection groups.
Repeat items 2 through 5 for each protected service:
Log into the one end of the service.
Issue a force switch away from the path about to be broken.
Log into the other end of the service.
Issue a force switch away from the path about to be broken.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3. If any services are marked as Active then this equipment is still carrying active
services.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-11
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Checking for Services on a Port
Procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If straight-through cable is used for connecting laptop/craft PC to any user panel ports
(OAMP, VOIP, E1 and E2) with autonegotiation disabled, you may experience Ethernet
connectivity problems.
If connecting a PC directly to the OAMP, VOIP, E1 or E2 port, and the port speed and
duplex are set to AUTO, a straight-through or crossover cable may be used. If the port
speed or duplex is set to anything other than AUTO it is necessary to use a crossover
cable
Provisioning Speed/Duplex Mode Values
If the speed/duplex modes in both laptop/craft PC and NE ports (OAMP, VOIP, E1, E2 &
CIT) are provisioned with any values other than listed combinations below, you may
experience Ethernet connectivity problems:
To resolve this issue, ensure that the speed/duplex mode provisioned on both NE and PC
ports match exactly. The supported combinations are Auto/Auto, 100/Full, and 10/Half.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-12
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Database Backup and Restore
Backing Up a Database
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Enter the values for the fields on this window as described in Table 3-1, Database
Backup and Restore Parameters (p. 3-13).
Table 3-1
Parameter
Definition
Input
Required
Default Value
Allowed
Values
Protocol
File transfer
protocol used for
the
backup/restore
request.
No
TFTP
TFTP, SFTP
Server IP
Address
The IP address
where the
database is
stored.
Yes
Valid dotted
quad
Directory
Yes
N/A
Filename
The filename of
the database.
Yes
N/A
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-13
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Database Backup and Restore
Restoring a Database
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Restoring a Database
Restoring the Database Using the WebUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Enter the values for the fields on this window as described in Table 3-1, Database
Backup and Restore Parameters (p. 3-13).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Apply > Restore, or if you want to use your previous serial number, click Force
Restore.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Firmware
Selecting a Specific Firmware Version
Having completed the first steps of an in-service software upgrade, you may find that one
or more firmware conditions have been raised against cards in your system. Firmware
upgrades may be available, recommended, or required on these cards depending on the
resulting alarm condition. When you elect not to upgrade the firmware, having
understood the subsequent effect on your operations, use the following procedure to
maintain the current firmware in the cards.
Affected cards will have the following conditions raised against them:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-14
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Firmware
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
The following procedure is recommended when you want to avoid a firmware upgrade
and use/retain a specific firmware version.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
CLI
Record the currently active firmware load (from the recently upgraded
release) as active-release
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Firmware tab, and view the Active Release field.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Establish a particular release for the instance of the card in your system.
CLI
WEBUI
The system will reload this specific version rather than the default recommended version
on any subsequent cold reset of that card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Warm Reboot >Submit.
This action will restart the software on the card (nonservice affecting), clearing the
FWUPGRADEPENDING condition.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-15
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Firmware
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
The remaining cards will need to be cold-restarted at a time of your choosing to upgrade
to the recommended firmware.
CLI
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Software Upgrades
Software Download in Network with GNEs and RNEs
In a network with GNEs and RNEs, it is recommended that you perform the software
download and activate operations on GNEs first. After the GNEs are successfully
upgraded, perform concurrent software downloads on all RNEs.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-16
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Software Upgrades
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the software version. If the DBINVALID alarm was raised in R3.0.2 software, then
configure the software server setting.
CLI
sh version
alm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Do the following:
1. In the Action field, select Audit. Enter the values in the path for the
release you want to upgrade to (for example, R2.5.n) in the Release
Directory field. Click Apply.
2. In the Action field, select Load. Click Apply.
3. In the Action field, select Activate. Click Apply > Close.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the software version and confirm the NE is running R2.5 load
CLI
show version
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-17
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Software Upgrades
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Configure the database server setting and restore the valid R2.5 database.
CLI
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
One the database is restored successfully, perform the software upgrade procedure for
R2.5.n to R3.0.2.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Rebooting Components
Cold Restart of a Pack with Traffic
Performing a cold restart of a transmission-carrying pack is service affecting. Thus, cold
restart is not allowed on packs when they are in-service. (The pack must either be in
maintenance state, or out-of-service.)
The following procedure is a workaround to perform a cold restart on a
transmission-carrying card for special reasons, such as verifying whether transmission
recovers after the restart is completed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Put the card (and ports) into maintenance state before performing the cold restart. In
maintenance state, the cross connects can remain in place, and transmission is still
carried.
CLI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-18
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Rebooting Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a cold restart of the entire NE, instead of each individual card.
CLI
WEBUI
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Reseating a Card
Procedure
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A card reseat is service impacting if the card is currently carrying services. To discover if
any services are currently carried over a card, perform the procedure Checking for
Services on a Port (p. 3-10). If there are services currently carried over the card, it may
be best to wait for a maintenance window before reseating the card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that all of the fibers connected to the card are labeled.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Unlock the card latch. Place a thumb or finger on the latch release/locking pin located
behind the latch cover and open the latch by lifting up and out. This will partially unseat
the card from the backplane.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-19
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Reseating a Card
Procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Grasp the card by the open latch and slide the card out of the slot an additional 1 cm
(about 1/4 inch) being careful not to pull on any connected fibers on the NE. You will
encounter some resistance while the card is seated on the backplane. Use a gentle pulling
force to unseat the card from the backplane. All of the LEDs on the card will be off when
the card is fully unseated.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Grasp the card by the latch, with the latch in the open position.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that no fibers from adjacent cards are in the way, and slide the card into the slot.
You will encounter some resistance when the card contacts the backplane. Use gentle
force to fully seat the card on the backplane.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Lock the card into place by closing the latches. As the latches close, they push against the
latching tabs on the shelf or cross member, further seating the card. Continue to close the
latches until they are flush with the card faceplate, locking the card in place.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Once the port LEDs on the card have lit up, uncap, clean, and reconnect the fibers.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
alm
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
decrease their cooling. Circuit packs could potentially be subject to failure as their
temperatures increases.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-21
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the replacement card is unpacked and prepared for immediate installation
before starting any other work.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that all of the fibers connected to the card are labeled.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that you have an unobstructed extraction path. Tie back any adjacent fibers that
may be impacted by the card extraction.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Unlock the card latch. Place a thumb or finger on the latch release/locking pin located
behind the latch cover and open the latch by lifting up and out. This will partially unseat
the card from the backplane.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-22
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Grasp the card by the open latch and slide the card out of the slot, being careful not to pull
on any connected fibers on the NE. You will encounter some resistance while the card is
seated on the backplane. Use a gentle pulling force to unseat the card from the backplane.
Slide the card out of the slot. When the card is almost removed, place a hand under the
card to avoid dropping it when it is fully removed from the shelf.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Place the card in an ESD bag and set it aside nearby so that you can immediately continue
with Step 9.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Grasp replacement card with one hand on the faceplate and the other on the bottom of the
card's PCB.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
11
Slide the card along the card guides into the slot. When the card is partially inserted,
grasp the card by the latch, with the latch in the open position.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
Ensure that no fibers from adjacent cards are in the way, and slide the card into the slot.
You will encounter some resistance when the card contacts the backplane. Use gentle
force to fully seat the card on the backplane.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
Lock the card into place by closing the latches. As the latches close, they push against the
latching tabs on the shelf or cross member, further seating the card. Continue to close the
latches until they are flush with the card faceplate, locking the card in place.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15
Once the port LEDs on the card have lit up, uncap, clean, and reconnect the fibers.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-23
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16
alm
Note: If the card software version does not match the NE software version, the card
automatically upgrades to the correct software version. In this case, a software
upgrade alarm will be present.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-24
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Insert OT pack back on shelf. If the opening is tight, pushing the CFP using the screws
may not push the CFP far enough to make contact. You may need to push the CFP from
its faceplate and not the screws.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-25
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
Replacing a DCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replacing a DCM
Perform the steps in the following procedure to replace a DCM. NOTE: This procedure is
service affecting.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Change the serial number of associated DCM shelf to match the serial number of the
replacement DCM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove the old DCM pack and replace with the new DCM pack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
An alarm is raised , indicating that a required power adjustment is required. Perform the
associated power adjustment.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-26
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that all of the fibers connected to the SFP module are labeled.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove and cap all of the fibers connected to the SFP module.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Gently push in bottom wedge on SFP extraction tool to release SFP retention spring.
Figure 3-1 Push in wedge
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-27
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove SFP from extraction tool by depressing blue locking clips on SFP extraction tool.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the specifications for the replacement SFP module (protocol, wavelength, and
reach) match the specifications of the removed SFP module.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Slide the replacement SFP module into the SFP slot. Push on the front of the SFP module
until you hear a "click" sound, indicating the SFP module is securely locked into the SFP
slot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-28
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
alm
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-29
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that all of the fibers connected to the XFP module are labeled.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove and cap all of the fibers connected to the SFP module.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use the hook on the end of the XFP extractor/LC connector tool (or similar tool) to pull
down the bail on the XFP.
Figure 3-3 XFP bail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-30
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use hook on end of XFP extractor/LC connector tool to pull the XFP straight back until
its bail can be grasped by fingers.
Figure 3-4 XFP bail pull
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Grasp the bail with fingers and completely extract XFP module.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the specifications for the replacement XFP module (protocol, wavelength, and
reach) match the specifications of the removed SFP module.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Slide the replacement XFP module into the XFP slot. Push on the front of the SFP module
until you hear a "click" sound, indicating the XFP module is securely locked into the XFP
slot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
alm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-31
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Reprovision the client port. The Card Inventory report for the pluggable modules will
now display the proper information for the new XFP.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-32
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove the LD from the shelf, the OSC SFP is mounted inside the pack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that all of the OSC fibers connected to the OSC SFP module are labeled.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove and cap all of the fibers connected to the OSC SFP module.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Release the latch on the OSC SFP module. The latch used to secure the module in the
OSC SFP port may use either a lever or push-button locking mechanism:
To release a lever latch, lift the latch 90 degrees so that it is perpendicular to the card
faceplate.
To release a push button latch, depress the push button located on the side of the OSC
SFP module.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
With the latch in the release position, grasp the OSC SFP module on both sides and
remove it from the OSC SFP slot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the specifications for the replacement OSC SFP module (protocol,
wavelength, and reach) match the specifications of the removed OSC SFP module.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-33
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Insert the replacement OSC SFP module into the OSC SFP slot. Push on the front of the
OSC SFP module until you hear a click sound, indicating the OSC SFP module is
securely locked into the OSC SFP slot. Be sure that the OS1 and OS2 fibers are correctly
connected to the OS1 or OS2 SFP or XFP ports.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
11
12
13
alm
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-34
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To replace the User Panel using the WebUI, go to Replacing the User Panel Using
the WebUI (p. 3-35).
To replace the User Panel using the CLI, go to Replacing the User Panel Using CLI
(p. 3-36).
To replace the User Panel when interrupted by an NE restart, go to Replacing the
User Panel Interrupted By NE Restart (p. 3-37).
Save the TID (NE Name), User Panel OADM port details, loopback IP address, and static
routing and gateway information to use if a reboot interrupts this procedure.
Verify the TID and loopback IP address on the System Properties window (select
System on the Equipment Tree).
Verify the OAMP on the User Panel on the Port Interface Settings window (select
USRPNL > OAMP on the Equipment Tree).
Verify the IP routes on the IP Routes window (select Administration > Networking >
IP Routes).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Optionally, you can view the current User Panel serial number by selecting Reports >
Inventory > Card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Optionally, you can view the new User Panel serial number by selecting Reports >
Inventory > Card.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-35
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
11
12
Replace the User Panel and make all connections as described in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830
Photonic Service Switch Release 36/32/16 (PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) 3.6.0 Installation and
System Turn-up Guide.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
Backup the database again, now that the User Panel is successfully replaced.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Save the TID, User Panel OADM port details, loopback IP address, and static routing and
gateway information, or know where to retrieve this information to use if a reboot
interrupts this procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Type the following CLI commands, pressing Enter after each command:
1. show general name
2. show interface loopback
3. show interface usrpnl oamp
4. show general name
Note the IP address and administrative state.
5. show cn routes static
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check whether any alarms are present by typing alm. Clear any present database alarms.
Then backup the current database to use if a reboot interrupts the procedure.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-36
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the User Panel and make all connections as described in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830
Photonic Service Switch Release 36/32/16 (PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) 3.6.0 Installation and
System Turn-up Guide.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Older versions of the database, can only be restored onto the NE by adding the
word force to the CLI command. For example:
config database restore force
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Backup the database again, now that the User Panel is successfully replaced.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
If a User Panel is replaced on an NE, but before the user has a chance to successfully
complete the config database usrpnlrepl command, the NE restarts, then the NE
may check the new User Panel contents and not see that it has been commissioned. To
preserve traffic during the NE restart, do not reinitialize the NE database. Instead, restore
a previously backed up database to the NE after the restart.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-37
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
In the System Properties window, enter a value in the Looback IP field, and
click Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Re-provision the user panel OAMP port IP address for this NE.
CLI
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Re-provision the static routing and gateway information for this NE.
CLI
WEBUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-38
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select Database > Backup and Restore, and on the Database Backup and
Restore window, click Force Restore.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-39
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The NE is quiet (that is, there are no commands issued to it other than those needed
for this procedure).
The Equipment Controller you plan to insert into this duplex controller NE, as the
replacement, is approved for duplex controller configurations, Alcatel-Lucent Part
Number (APN) = 8DG59241AB.
To switch the Equipment Controller, select Enable Protection Switch, and click Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Unplug any Ethernet or serial cables that are connected to the Equipment Controller to be
replaced.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove and replace the card (see Replacing a Card (General) (p. 3-22)).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-40
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
An activity switch occurs if the removed card is the active Equipment Controller. When
the new Equipment Controller is inserted in the shelf, it is synchronized with the active
Equipment Controller.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To replace a Equipment Controller in a Shelf with Redundant Equipment Controllers Using the CLI
Unplug any Ethernet or serial cables that are connected to the Equipment Controller to be
replaced.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove and replace the card (see Replacing a Card (General) (p. 3-22)).
An activity switch occurs if the removed card is the active Equipment Controller. When
the new Equipment Controller is inserted in the shelf, it is synchronized with the active
Equipment Controller.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-41
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Subtending shelves: Disconnect cables from the EC, then extract and replace the
Equipment Controller in the subtending shelf. This causes the Equipment Controller
to automatically load the correct software. This step requires no commands, but works
only on subtending shelves, and only if the main shelf is running the correct
committed software version.
Main shelf: For replacement of the EC on a simplex controller Main shelf, see To
replace a Simplex Equipment Controller Using the WebUI (p. 3-42) and To Replace
a Simplex Equipment Controller Using CLI (p. 3-46).
You can also transfer a valid database onto a new Equipment Controller by restoring the
database.
To perform this procedure using the WebUI, go to To replace a Simplex Equipment
Controller Using the WebUI (p. 3-42).
To perform this procedure using the CLI, go to To Replace a Simplex Equipment
Controller Using CLI (p. 3-46).
To replace a Simplex Equipment Controller Using the WebUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the database is valid, set up the database server information and back up the database
(see Backing Up a Database (p. 3-13)).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Alarms.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-42
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The Alarm List is displayed. The Equipment Controller will have a
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the shelf and slot where the User Panel is located (slot 40). Click the plus sign and
select OAMP.
Result: The Port Interface Settings window is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
11
Leave the fields on this window at their default values. Select the Advertise field. Click
Create.
Result: The Create Static IP Route window is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
Click Apply.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-43
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
14
Enter the values for the fields on this window as described in Table 3-2, FTP Server
Parameters (p. 3-44).
Table 3-2
Parameter
Definition
Input
Required
Default Value
Allowed
Values
Server IP
Address
The IP address
where the
database is
stored.
Yes
Valid dotted
quad
Root Directory
Yes
N/A
User ID
Your user ID
Yes
N/A
New Password
Your password
Yes
N/A
Confirm
Password
Your password
retyped for
verification.
Yes
N/A
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15
16
Note: If the release on the Equipment Controller is a higher number that the
release number you are loading onto it, this is a downgrade; you must select the
Force Upgrade option with audit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-44
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The Status field changes to In Progress. Wait a few minutes for the software to
download.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18
Click Refresh.
Result: The Status field changes to Completed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
19
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20
Click OK.
Result: The system will log you out of the NE. Wait a few minutes for the software to
activate.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
21
22
23
24
To clear the DBINVALID alarm, restore the database (see Restoring a Database
(p. 3-14)).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-45
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
25
Click Alarms. The Alarms List is displayed. The SWUPGCOMMIT alarm should not be
present in the Alarm List.
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
26
27
28
Click Apply.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
29
Click Alarms.
Result: The Alarms List is displayed. The SWUPGCOMMIT alarm should not be
present in the Alarm List.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Ensure that you are working with a valid database. Set up the database server information.
Type each command line, and press Enter:
1. Type database server config.
2. config database server ip IP Address, using the IP address where the
database is stored.
3. config database userid, then enter your user ID and password when prompted.
4. config database path directory with the path on the PC where the database is
saved.
5. config database detail to verify your IP address, user ID, and path.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-46
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To configure or verify static routes, type config cn routes default add gateway
default IP address.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-47
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Set up the software server information. Type each command line, and press Enter:
1. config software server ip IP address
2. config software server userid user ID
Enter your password when prompted.
3. config software server root /path
4. config software server detail
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Set up the database server information. Type each command line, and press Enter:
1. Type database server config.
2. config database server ip IP Address, using the IP address where the
database is stored.
3. config database userid, then enter your user ID and password when prompted.
4. config database path directory with the path on the PC where the database is
saved.
5. config database detail to verify your IP address, user ID, and path.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Upgrade the software. Type each command line, and press Enter:
1. config software upgrade manual audit release directory on RFS
no backup enforced. (The release directory would be combined with the
Software server root parameter value to make the path on the Remote File Server
where the software release resides. See also the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service
Switch Release 36/32/16 (PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) 3.6.0 Installation and System
Turn-up Guide.)
2. config software upgrade manual load
3. Type config software upgrade manual activate.
The system will reboot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
13
14
Replace the Equipment Controller in the shelf. Wait a few minutes for the Equipment
Controller to initialize.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-48
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15
The database server information must be set up to point to the latest database backup for
this NE, which will be pulled down to the NE during a downgrade automatically. (See
Step 1.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16
Login to the NE
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17
Type alm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18
If...
Then...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
19
Repeat Step 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20
Restore the database. Type config database restore and at the prompt, type yes to
confirm.
The system will reboot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
21
22
Type alm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
23
If...
Then...
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-49
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Before you begin this procedure, be sure to wear a properly grounded ESD wrist strap.
Procedure
NOTICE
To prevent possible contamination of the EUT when the fan filter is
removed, fans must be temporarily shut down before the replacing the
filter.
It is important that the new fan filter be installed and the fans restarted within 120
seconds to prevent overheating of circuit components.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Unscrew the filter retainer with slot labeling on the lower front of the shelf and slide it
forward (see Figure 3-6, Unscrew Filter Retainer (p. 3-51)).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-50
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reach beneath the filter retainer and locate the air filter. Slide the air filter out of the shelf.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Locate the arrows on the front of the new filter (see Figure 3-7, New Filter (p. 3-51)).
Figure 3-7 New Filter
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-51
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
With the arrows pointing up, slide the new filter in and up into place.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Screw the filter retainer back into place (see Figure 3-8, New Filter Installed (p. 3-52)).
Figure 3-8 New Filter Installed
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-52
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Before you begin this procedure, be sure to wear a properly grounded ESD wrist strap.
Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the space in front of the fan unit is completely clear of fibers, cables, and so
on.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the new fan unit is completely unpacked and ready to install before removing
old fan unit.
Note: The 1830 PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16/PSS-4 circuit packs require constant airflow
for cooling and will overheat quickly with the fan removed. Do not remove the old
fan until you are ready to immediately install the new fan or customer traffic may be
affected.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-53
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Fully loosen the two Phillips head screws at the left and right ends on the front of the fan
unit. (The screws are captured and will not fall out of the fan unit.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Grasp fan unit handles and slide fan unit straight back until it is free of the sub rack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-54
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Replacing System Components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Ensure that no optical channel service has been provisioned before the
SFD40/SFD40B has initialized. If optical channel services are present, delete them
(see Step 3).
Note: Before the SFD40/SFD40B is in service, the OTUs connected to the
SFD40/SFD40B should be turned off to avoid channel leakage.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Connect the SFD40/SFD40B card to the amplifier cards with the inventory cable.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Optional: To monitor the SFD40/SFD40B temperature alarms and Input LOS alarm from
the NE management software, connect the SFD40/SD40B card to the User Panel with the
housekeeping cable and IDC block.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Power up the SFD40/SFD40B card, and wait for it to initialize (about 5 to 10 minutes).
Note the SFD40/SFD40B status by monitoring the temperature LED of the
SFD40/SFD40B. The SFD40/SFD40B should in service when the temperature and
initialization LEDs turn green. Also check the alarm status on the NE management
software to ensure that the housekeeping cable has been properly connected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Provision the optical channel service using the NE management software, and set up the
link.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-55
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Performing loopbacks
Overview
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
Performing loopbacks is service affecting. You must take the card out of service before
performing a loopback test.
None
For information and illustrations of loopbacks refer to the Alcatel-Lucent Product
Information and Planning Guide.
The 11STAR1, 11STMM10, 11STGE12, 43STA1P, 43STX4, 43STX4P and 4DPA4 packs
support the following loopbacks:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-56
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Performing loopbacks
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-57
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Performing loopbacks
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-58
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Performing loopbacks
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-59
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Performing loopbacks
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-60
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Performing loopbacks
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-61
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Performing loopbacks
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-62
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Performing loopbacks
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-63
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Performing loopbacks
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-64
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Performing loopbacks
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-65
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Performing loopbacks
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-66
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Performing loopbacks
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-67
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Performing loopbacks
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-68
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-69
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
High Temperature Troubleshooting
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If it doesn't, then go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that the fan tray is installed and that no fan tray alarms are present. Correct any
faults found.
CLI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Visually inspect the shelf to confirm that filler cards are installed in all empty slots in the
shelf. This helps ensure proper airflow.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check for a dirty air filter. Clean or replace it as necessary. Contact your service
representative for replacement filters.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use a thermometer to measure the ambient air temperature at the intake of the fans. Verify
that the ambient temperature is not abnormally high. If the ambient temperature is too
high, the NE may require additional cooling to bring it back to an acceptable operating
temperature.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify if other cards in the shelf report temperatures near their upper limit (within 10 C).
CLI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-70
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
High Temperature Troubleshooting
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the card. See Replacing System Components (p. 3-20). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
This procedure must be performed on the main shelf of a NE with one universal shelf.
Note: If you pre-provision the redundant Equipment Controller, an alarm is raised to
indicate that the card is missing. Once you install the redundant Equipment
Controller, the alarm is cleared.
To perform this procedure using the WebUI, go to Changing an NE from a
Nonredundant to a Redundant Equipment Controller configuration Using the WebUI
(p. 3-72).
To perform this procedure using the CLI, go to Changing an NE from a Nonredundant to
a Redundant Equipment Controller Configuration Using the CLI (p. 3-72).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-71
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Changing the Equipment Controller Configuration in an NE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To check that the NE is running software of Release 1.1.0 or higher, select System in the
Equipment Tree.
Result: The System Properties window is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Install the redundant Equipment Controller into the shelf in slot 18.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To check that the NE is running software of Release 1.1.0 or higher, type sh version.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Install the redundant Equipment Controller into the shelf in slot 18.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-72
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Changing the Equipment Controller Configuration in an NE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-73
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Changing the Equipment Controller Configuration in an NE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...
Then...
proceed to Step 8.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Switch activity from one Equipment Controller to the other. In the Equipment Tree, select
the slot containing the Equipment Controller.
Result: The Card Properties window is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-74
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Changing the Equipment Controller Configuration in an NE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
The EC Protection Software Settings window is displayed. Note the Protection Setting
field.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove any cables that are attached to the Equipment Controller to be removed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Select the slot for the Equipment Controller in the Equipment Tree that you removed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
12
13
Insert an Equipment Controller blank into the empty Equipment Controller slot.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
If...
Then...
proceed to Step 4.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-75
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Changing the Equipment Controller Configuration in an NE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove any cables that are attached to the Equipment Controller to be removed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Insert an Equipment Controller blank into the empty Equipment Controller slot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Set to the Equipment Controller to be removed to the administrative state of Down, and
then set the slot to empty by typing the following commands:
1. config slot shelf_slot state down
2. config slot shelf_slot type empty
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Card-Specific Troubleshooting
4DPA4 Signal Rates
If the client port on the 4DPA4 is provisioned to the FE or SDSDI signal type, and the
actual received signal does not match, no alarm is raised.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-76
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Card-Specific Troubleshooting
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The total power at the monitored LD port where the channel powers are missing will
show a power level that is normal (see Figure 3-24, Total Power at Monitored LD Power
Level (p. 3-77)):
Figure 3-24 Total Power at Monitored LD Power Level
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-77
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Card-Specific Troubleshooting
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The WTOCM IN port will show no information for the total power at the WTOCM port
and the LD port (see Figure 3-25, WTOCM and LD Total Power (p. 3-78)). Note that
readings normally available from the WTOCM are not reported.
Figure 3-25 WTOCM and LD Total Power
If only one clock source is present in the system and it fails, the FPGA may not recover
properly. The FPGA requires the clocks to be Stratum 3 quality or higher. It is
recommended that you use two PF units for clock and power redundancy.
Note: No alarm conditions are associated with this issue. If you see this issue with the
Card Failure or Card Degrade alarm, then the issue is likely caused by another
problem. Replacing the card should resolve these alarms (see Replacing a Card
(General) (p. 3-22)).
Procedure
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure Reseating a Card (p. 3-19).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-78
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
Card-Specific Troubleshooting
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, continue with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI
Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replace the WTOCM pack (see Replacing a Card (General) (p. 3-22)).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-79
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Supporting procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
3-80
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A unique identifier used to address equipment slots and ports, as well as facility tributaries, that
are defined for the system architecture.
add/drop multiplexer/multiplexing (ADM)
A high-speed multiplexing function offered by SONET that allows lower-level signals to be added
to or dropped from an optical carrier channel. The connection to the add/drop multiplexer is
through a tributary channel at a lower SONET carrier rate or a specific digital speed (for example,
DS3 or DS1).
ADM
High Power High Gain DWDM Amplifier. See ALPHG (p. GL-2) for related term.
AID
Automatic in-service.
AIS
A return message sent from one network element (NE) to another NE that indicates it has received
a signal that is so degraded that it is raising an alarm.
alarm indication signal (AIS)
A signal sent downstream by an NE to indicate that its incoming signal has failed.
alarm list
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
alarm log
An attribute that defines the priority of the alarm message. The method in which alarms are
processed depends on their severity.
ALPHG
Low Power High Gain DWDM Amplifier. See AHPHG (p. GL-1) for related term.
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
A United States standards body that accredits standards for programming languages,
communications, and networking. ANSI is the U.S. representative in the International
Organization for Standards (ISO).
amplified spontaneous emission (ASE)
Optical noise generated in an erbium-doped fiber amplifier (EDFA) with and without signal input
power.
ANSI
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
attenuation
The decrease in signal strength along a fiber optic waveguide caused by absorption and scattering.
Attenuation is usually expressed as dB/km.
attenuator
A passive device that reduces the amplitude of a signal without distorting the waveform.
automatic power shutdown (APSD)
Message sent by the system to the CIT to notify it of any state change in the system. Autonomous
messages are not responses to a CIT-initiated command. Examples of these messages include
alarms, events (non-alarmed condition), notification of connections that are added or deleted, and
changes in the system database.
avalanche photodiode (APD)
back reflection
The OT port has detected a Backward Defect Indication at the ODUk Path layer. This defect
indicates that the peer OTUk port has detected condition that is treated as Server Signal Failure.
band optical filter (BOF)
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BBE
A survivable SONET transport architecture that protects against cable cuts and node failures by
providing duplicate, geographically diverse paths for each service. Network elements are
interconnected in a closed fiber loop (four fibers for a four-fiber BLSR architecture or two fibers
for a two-fiber BLSR). A service can reach its destination by traveling in either direction around
the ring. Exactly one-half of the bandwidth available between adjacent nodes in each direction is
used for working traffic, with the remaining bandwidth available for protection.
bit error rate (BER)
BER measures how accurately a bitstream is transmitted through a system. It measures how many
bits are received in error, compared to how many bits are sent.
BLSR
CAD
A CO can be a building, a switch, or collection of switches where subscriber lines are joined to
switching equipment that connects the subscribers to each other, other subscribers, and/or long
distance subscribers.
CFR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-4
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
channel
Used with automatic power management; allows setpoints for a manual transmission line.
channel optical filter (COF)
COF cards facilitate the WaveKey encoding function, employed at service endpoints.
chromatic dispersion
The effect describing the velocity dependence of light travelling through a medium, depending on
its wavelength. For optical telecommunication signals, this effect causes the light pulses to spread
out and the resulting distortion in pulse shape degrades the signal quality.
CIDR
Material that surrounds the core of an optical fiber that has a lower index of refraction compared
to that of the core. The lower index of refraction causes the transmitted light to travel down the
core.
classless inter-domain routing (CIDR)
CLEI
CWDM is the method of combining multiple signals on laser beams at various wavelengths for
transmission along fiber optic cables. The number of channels is fewer than in dense wavelength
division multiplexing (DWDM), but more than in standard wavelength division multiplexing
(WDM).
COF
CLEI codes enable you to clearly and consistently identify and track virtually every type of
telecommunications equipment. In the United States, these codes are assigned by Telecordia, and
are 10 bytes long.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-5
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
connector
A mechanical or optical device that provides a demountable connection between two fibers or a
fiber and a source or detector.
connector variation
The maximum value in dB of the difference in insertion loss between mating optical connectors
(for example, with re-mating and temperature cycling). Also called optical connector variation.
control network (CN)
The portion of the network that carries control and management traffic (for example,
communications between the NEs and between the NEs and the EMS). The control network does
not carry user traffic. The control communications use the SNMP protocol.
core
The central portion of the fiber that transmits light. It is composed of material with a higher index
of refraction than the cladding.
coupler
The ratio/loss of optical power from one output port to the total output power, expressed as a
percentage.
CPE
A local interface between humans and a NE. It is used to issue commands to the local system or,
by way of a remote login, to another system on the same fiber as the local system.
customer premises equipment (CPE)
Terminal and associated equipment and inside wiring located at a subscriber's premises. The
equipment is connected with the carrier's communication network at the demarcation point.
CWDM
DCN supports communications between network elements (NEs) and the network management
system (NMS).
DCM
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DCN
A multiplexing technique that uses close spectral spacing of individual optical carrier wavelengths
to reduce the total number of fibers needed to provide a given amount of information-carrying
capacity. The technique takes advantage of desirable transmission characteristics (for example,
minimum dispersion or attenuation) within a given fiber.
DGEF
The temporal spreading of a light signal in an optical waveguide caused by light signals traveling
at different speeds through a fiber either due to modal or chromatic effects.
dispersion compensation module (DCM)
Spooled fiber used to control excess dispersion found in certain fiber types at pre- and
post-amplification.
distortion
The difference in value between two measurements of a signal (transmitted and received).
DS3
Standard for digital transmission (American National Standard for telecommunications Carrier-to-Customer Installation - DS3 Metallic Interface, ANSI T1.404- 1989).
DWDM
DHCP allows a DHCP server to automatically assign an IP address to a computer's TCP/IP stack
software. The number is taken from a defined range of numbers for a given network.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
earth
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-7
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EDFA
Works with the Tap module to provide input for Wavelength Tracker modulation and provides
optical tap for feedback signal to the Wavelength Tracker.
electromagnetic capability (EMC)
EMC is the ability of a device or system to function without error in its intended electromagnetic
environment
electromagnetic interference (EMI)
EMI refers to the emissions (high-energy, electrically induced magnetic fields) from a device or
system that interfere with the normal operation of another device or system.
Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA)
Group that specifies electrical transmission standards. The EIA and TIA have developed
numerous well-known communications standards, including EIA/TIA-232 and EIA/TIA-449.
electrostatic discharge (ESD)
The EMS provides an efficient means of managing the equipment and services within a network,
including creating new services, diagnosing faults, and planning for growth. It includes interfaces
to external systems to allow functions such as billing, service orders, and service level agreement
(SLA) management.
EMC
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Engineering rules
A set of rules that determine the system configuration possibilities based on fiber type, OA, rate,
and number of wavelengths. These rules also determine the maximum loss per span that can be
tolerated, the maximum distance between spans allowed, and the maximum number of spans that
can be supported.
equipment controller (EC)
A type of amplifier with a short length of fiber that has been doped with erbium and spliced into
the operating single-mode fiber (SMF) . A three-port wavelength division multiplexer (WDM) is
used, with one incoming port connected to the operating fiber carrying the primary signal in the
1550-nm window, one incoming port attached to a pump laser operating at 980 nm or 1480 nm,
and the one outgoing port connected to the operating fiber.
ESD
A LAN conformant to the 802.3 IEEE standard. This standard supports communications over
shared media where only one device can transmit while all other devices listen. A collision
detection and handling mechanism is incorporated into the standard. Devices on the LAN
communicate by sending Ethernet packets containing a Media Access Control (MAC) address for
the source and destination. Setting the destination MAC address to all ones supports packet
broadcast to all devices on the LAN.
ETSI
Located in Sophia-Antipolis, France, ETSI is the European counterpart to ANSI. Its task is to
pave the way for telecommunications integration in the European community as part of the single
European market program. It establishes telecommunication standards for the European
community.
eVOA
failure
A unit of failure rate in reliability analysis. One FIT is equivalent to one failure per one billion
operating hours.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-9
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
failure rate
The U.S. federal regulatory agency responsible for the regulation of interstate and international
communications by radio, television, wire, satellite, and cable.
Ferrule
A set of ANSI protocols used for sending digital data over fiber optic cable. FDDI networks are
token-passing networks and support data rates of up to 100 Mbps.
fiber optic cable
A threaded optical connector for single-mode or multimode fiber and applications requiring low
back reflection.
field-programmable gate array (FPGA)
General purpose integrated chip; chip's functions can be programmed by software. FPGAs are
mostly used for rapid development and small or medium quantities production.
file transfer protocol (FTP)
A protocol used for exchanging files over the Internet. FTP uses the Internet's TCP/IP protocols to
enable data transfer. FTP is most commonly used to download/upload a file to/from a server using
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-10
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
the Internet.
FIT
A nonvolatile memory device used to store the installation software generic or the NE database.
flow
Usually refers to the movement of packets within the network (that is, packet flow).
FMM
An agency of the United States Department of Health and Human Services and is responsible for
the safety regulation of most types of foods, dietary supplements, drugs, vaccines, biological
medical products, blood products, medical devices, radiation-emitting devices, veterinary
products, and cosmetics.
forward defect indicator (FDI)
An automatic and fully distributed capability which indicates a failure in a server networking
layer (e.g., Physical Layer). When used with other mechanisms such as CV (Connectivity
Verification), it can indicate defects such as misbranching of LSPs and errors in swapping LSP
label.
forward error correction (FEC)
A technique used for error detection and correction in which the transmitting host computer
includes some number of redundant bits in the payload (data field) of a block or frame of data.
The receiving device uses those bits to detect, isolate and correct any errors created in
transmission. FEC avoids having to retransmit information which incurred errors in network
transit.
FPGA
Extra characters added to a frame for error control purposes. Used in HDLC, Frame Relay, and
other data link layer protocols.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-11
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Fresnel reflection
A reflection of light that occurs at the air-glass interface at the ends of an optical fiber. See back
reflection (p. GL-3) for related term.
FTP
gain
A system node that has a physical attachment to the management system to support the access of
the remote NE. The number of remote NEs a GNE can serve is specified in terms of the number
of OSI stack associations that the GNE can support without running out of local resources.
GbE
Provides a generic mechanism to adapt traffic from higher-layer client signals over an
octet-synchronous transport network. Client signals may be PDU oriented (e.g., PPP/IP or
Ethernet MAC), block oriented (e.g., Fiber Channel or ESCON) or a Constant Bit Rate (CBR)
stream.
GFP
A transmission technology based on the Ethernet frame format and protocol used in local area
networks (LANs) that provides a data rate of one billion bits (one gigabit) per second. Gigabit
Ethernet is defined in the IEEE 802.3 standard and is currently used as the backbone in many
enterprise networks.
glass through-connection
A pair of optical connections between two segments that terminate on the same site.
GNE
A program interface that takes advantage of the computer's graphics capabilities to make the
program easier to use.
grooming
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-12
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
grooming node
A node on which incoming signals of lower rates are added (or aggregated) into a higher-rate
signal for more efficient transport.
ground
ILA
A repeater used in WDM technology. See repeater (p. GL-23) for related term.
ingress
The loss of power that results from inserting a component, such as a connector or splice, into a
previously continuous path.
International Standards Organization (ISO)
A developing standard for security at the network or packet processing layer of network
communication. Earlier security approaches have inserted security at the application layer of the
communications model. IPsec is especially useful for implementing virtual private networks and
for remote user access through dial-up connection to private networks.
Internet service provider (ISP)
A company that provides individuals and other companies access to the Internet and other related
services, such as Web site building and virtual hosting.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-13
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IP
jacket
Small and rapid variations in the timing of a waveform due to noise, changes in component
characteristics, supply voltages, or imperfect synchronizing circuits.
jumper
lambda ()
The eleventh letter in the Greek alphabet. In optical fiber networking, the term lambda refers to an
individual optical wavelength. See wavelength (p. GL-32) for related term.
laser bias current (LBC)
Current that runs through the laser to make it work. LBC is monitored by performance
monitoring. If the current goes beyond a certain threshold, the circuit pack must be replaced.
LBC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-14
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LGX
A SONET device that contains ports for optical fiber connections to an optical network element
(NE). An LGX is used to make and change connections to an NE without changing the cabling on
the NE itself.
line build out (LBO)
Functional unit (circuit pack) providing the OSI model's physical level interface between a data
link and the exchange.
link state advertisement (LSA)
An optic standard that constrains the output power of transmitters and the sensitivity of receivers
for long-haul applications (up to 80 km) without the need for regeneration.
LOS
The amount of a signal's power, expressed in dB, that is lost in connectors, splices, or fiber
defects.
loss of frame (LOF)
Loss of frame is detected when the OOF (out-of-frame) anomaly persists for a certain time.
loss of service/loss of signal (LOS)
A condition where the optical input power falls below a certain threshold.
LR
Designation for a small-form-factor (SFF) design based on a proven 1.25-mm ceramic ferrule.
This connector uses RJ-style latching. It facilitates high-speed applications with lower power
requirements due to lower insertion loss (0.1 dB typical) and higher return loss (55-dB single
mode).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-15
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MA
maintenance association
MAC
A formal description of a set of network objects that can be managed using the Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP). The information is represented in a tree format.
margin
The allowance for attenuation in addition to that explicitly accounted for in system design.
master controller (MC)
maintenance domain
mean time between failures (MTBF)
The average time that it takes until a failure is repaired. MTTR is usually expressed in hours.
media access control (MAC)
The MAC address is a computer's unique hardware number. The MAC address is used by the
media access control sublayer of the data link layer of telecommunications protocols.
MEP
A type of network configuration that combines ROADMs to support mesh channel connectivity
between the ROADMs without O-E-O for transmission. It is operated as a single NE with as
many as four degrees (bidirectional DWDM interfaces) that comprise two lines for the east and
two for the west.
MIB
An MSA has two amplifier stages between which can be fibered a DCM/DCF card or an external
dispersion compensation unit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-16
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
modulation
A process that modifies the characteristic of one wave (the carrier) by another wave (the signal).
Examples include amplitude modulation (AM), frequency modulation (FM), and pulse-coded
modulation (PCM).
MSA
An optical fiber that has a core large enough to propagate more than one mode of light. The
typical diameter is 62.5 micrometers.
multiplexer (MUX)
The process that transmits two or more signals over a single communications channel. Examples
include time-division multiplexing and wavelength-division multiplexing.
MUX
NE
See Network Equipment Building System requirements (p. GL-18) for definition.
network element (NE)
The NMS provides an efficient means of managing the equipment and services within a network,
including creating new services, diagnosing faults, and planning for growth. It has interfaces to
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-17
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
external systems to allow functions such as billing, service orders, and service level agreement
(SLA) management.
Network Equipment Building System requirements (NEBS)
Developed by Telcordia, standards that vendors must adhere to if they want to sell equipment to
the Regional Bell Operating Companies (RBOCs) and the Competitive Local Exchange Carriers
(CLECs).
network services
Services that the network provider creates only as infrastructure to support user services. For
example, a VPN network service is used to implement an Ethernet service.
network time protocol (NTP)
A node (or network element) is a set of one or more 1830 PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16/PSS-4 shelves
that are viewed as a single entity by the Network Management System. A node can be any of the
following:
Refers to a condition that does not impact or interfere with network service.
NSA
OA
OSHA is the main American federal agency charged with the enforcement of safety and health
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-18
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
legislation.
OCHAN or OCh
An optical logical connection with a specific rate. The rate can be either ODU-10G or ODU-40G.
OEO
A seven-layer model that pertains to the logical structure for communications networks
standardized by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO). Adherence to the
standard enables any OSI-compliant system to communicate with any other OSI-compliant
system.
Operations Support System (OSS)
An OADM is a network element which allows a WDM transmission link to add or drop optical
signals, without converting the photonic stream into an electrical signal. Insertion and extraction
are done using optical filters or demultiplexers. An OADM can be either non-reconfigurable or
reconfigurable; in the latter case, optical switches need to be used.
optical amplifier (OA)
A device that amplifies an input optical signal without converting it into electrical form.
optical carrier level-n (OC-n)
A number of nodes connected by fiber in a predefined manner to provide route diversity to each
node. The simplest form of optical cell is a ring. Statically allocated wavelengths are assigned
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-19
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A protection path is defined when the connection is set up. When a fault is detected on the path,
there is a switch-over from the working path to the protection path to restore the traffic.
optical path restoration (OPR)
A recovery scheme that dynamically finds a protection path when a fault is detected. This method
is usually not capable of matching SDH/SONET recovery time periods (for example, 50 ms).
optical power meter
An instrument that measures the amount of optical power present at the end of a fiber or cable.
optical protection switch (OPS)
The ratio between the optical signal power of the data signal and the power of the optical noise
signal.
optical supervisory channel (OSC)
A fiber-optic network designed to transport customer traffic, such as an SDH or SONET network.
See Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (p. GL-28) and Synchronous Optical Network
(p. GL-28) for examples.
optical-electrical-optical conversion (OEO)
The process of converting an optical signal to an electrical equivalent and then back to optical
data.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-20
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
orderwire
A section of the supervisory signal that is used for communication between sites.
OSC
See Occupational Safety and Health Administration) (p. GL-18) for definition.
OSI
See Open Systems Interconnection reference model (p. GL-19) for definition.
OSNR
A state in which the frame alignment sequence of an SDH/SONET frame has not been found for
several consecutive frames.
outside plant (OSP)
PCS
Measures the quality of service and identifies any degrading or marginally operating systems
(before an alarm would be generated).
photonic cross-connect (PXC)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-21
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A fiber cross-connect that operates without optical-electrical-optical conversion. It can have one
or more wavelengths on each fiber or port.
photonic protection switch (PPS)
By provisioning of PPS cards (or optical splitters), automatic protection switch (APS) are
automatically created.
physical coding sublayer (PCS)
Loss of optical power that occurs during the polarization process. Polarized light waves are light
waves in which the vibrations occur in a single plane. The process of transforming unpolarized
light into polarized light is known as polarization (the orientation of the electric and magnetic
field vectors of a propagating electro-magnetic wave).
polarization mode dispersion (PMD)
PMD is an inherent property of all optical media. It is caused by the difference in the propagation
velocities of light in the orthogonal principal polarization states of the transmission medium. The
net effect is that if an optical pulse contains both polarization components, then the different
polarization components will travel at different speeds and arrive at different times, smearing the
received optical signal.
PPS
A device used for the information exchange between equal protocol layers.
provisioning
Placing and configuring hardware and software required to activate a telecommunications service
for a customer. If the equipment is in place, provisioning may consist of creating or modifying a
customer record in a database to activate the services.
PXC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-22
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
QoS
A set of performance parameters that characterize the transmission quality over a given virtual
connection.
QoS can be quantitatively indicated by channel or system performance parameters, such as
signal-to-noise ratio, bit error ratio, message throughput rate, and call blocking probability.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
rack
A rack is the standardized physical framework on which network equipment such as 1830
PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16/PSS-4 shelves are mounted. A rack can contain more than one shelf. Also
called bay frames.
random jitter (RJ)
Random jitter is caused by thermal noise and may be modeled as a Gaussian process. The
peak-to-peak value of RJ is of a probabilistic nature, and thus any specific value requires an
associated probability.
receiver
A terminal device that includes a detector and signal processing electronics. It functions as an
optical-to-electrical converter.
receiver sensitivity
The minimum optical power required at a receiver to deliver traffic at a guaranteed bit error rate
(BER). This parameter is specified back-to-back (without the effects of chromatic dispersion or
OSNR degradation).
reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexer (ROADM)
An optical network element with a configuration that can be changed remotely. The main benefit
of this remote reconfigurability is that it reduces Operating Expenditures (OPEX) when operating
a DWDM network. OPEX is reduced because the ROADM eases network provisioning and line
tuning at both the initial installation and any upgrades (to increase the capacity or re-allocate
resources to a new demand matrix).
regeneration
Electrical signal regeneration. Typically, OTUk Section regeneration and ODUk transparency is
implied in this context.
remote network monitoring (RMON)
Provides statistics for remote performance monitoring. Defined in standard RFC 2819.
repeater
A receiver and transmitter set designed to amplify attenuated signals. Repeaters are used to extend
operating range. See in-line amplifier (p. GL-13) for related term.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-23
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A document that describes the specifications of a technology. RFCs are used by the Internet
Engineering Task Force (IETF) and other standards bodies.
restoration domain
A part of the network where traffic restoration is provided in isolation from the rest of the
network.
RFC
RIP is an interior gateway protocol defined by the IETF (RIPv1 - RFC 1058 and RIPv2 - 2453)
that specifies how routers exchange routing table information. RIP is a routing protocol based on
the distance vector algorithm. With RIP, routers periodically exchange entire tables.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SA
The change of direction of light rays or photons after striking small particles. It may also be
regarded as the diffusion of a light beam caused by the inhomogeneity of the transmitting
material.
SCOT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-24
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SDH
A contract between a network service provider and a customer that specifies, usually in
measurable terms, what services the network service provider will provide.
services
Within the 1830 PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16/PSS-4 system, services can be offered directly to end
customers or be used internally to a network as transport infrastructure.
SFC
A shared risk group is a group of items that are likely to be affected by a single fault. The items
therefore share the risk of experiencing the fault.
shelf
A shelf is a mechanical facility that is in general a housing for circuit packs. Shelves are housed in
Bays.
An 1830 PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16/PSS-4 node consists of one or more physical shelves equipped
with cards. The shelf provides a chassis or cage with a backplane that can contain multiple cards.
The shelf is mounted in a rack. Each shelf has a shelf controller card, plus its redundant mate.
Every node has one shelf that has its shelf controllers designated as the master controller for the
node. The node appears as a single point in the network topology to the network management
system. Connections between nodes use network links. See node (p. GL-18) for related term.
shelf controller (SC)
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A node in a common channel signalling network with the function of transferring messages from
one signalling link to another and considered exclusively from the viewpoint of the transfer
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
A type of fiber which is very small in diameter and allows the light to be reflected in a single way
along the lightguide such that there is coherence in the arrival of the light signal.
site
The termination location of OSP cables. Each site can contain one or more NEs and one or more
glass-through connections.
SLA
An optical modular, hot-pluggable transceiver (compatible with IEEE-802.3z) designed for use
with small form factor (SFF) connectors, offering high speed and physical compactness. SFP
transceivers perform at data speeds of up to 5 gigabits per second, and possibly higher.
The SFP modules can be easily interchanged, therefore, electro-optical or fiber optic networks can
be upgraded and maintained more conveniently than has been the case with traditional soldered-in
modules. Rather than replacing an entire circuit board containing several soldered-in modules, a
single module can be removed and replaced for repair or upgrading. This can result in a
substantial cost savings, both in maintenance and in upgrading efforts.
SMF
System software that controls the settings of EDFA pumps, VOAs, Raman pumps, DCM pumps,
DGEFs, and blockers in the ROADM NEs.
software generic (SW generic)
The whole software and (static) data associated with a particular NE release.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-26
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SONET
The SONET wavelength service provides transport of SONET signals through the 1830
PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16/PSS-4 network.
span
A fiber link between NEs that can be unidirectional or bidirectional, depending on the network
design. Multiple segments in tandem are connected by glass-through connections.
span loss
Loss (in dB) of optical power due to the span transmission medium (includes fiber loss and splice
losses).
splice
This is the most common type of fiber deployed. This fiber was designed to provide zero
chromatic dispersion at 1310 nm, to support the early long-haul transmission systems operating at
this wavelength. It has a chromatic dispersion of at most 20 ps/(nm*km) in the 1550 nm
wavelength range and usually around 17 ps/(nm*km).
static filter, CWDM (SFC)
A high-speed special-purpose network (or subnetwork) that interconnects different kinds of data
storage devices with associated data servers on behalf of a larger network of users.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-27
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
STP
Fiber optic connector that uses a bayonet-style coupling rather than a screw-on coupling.
STS, STS-n
A family of digital transmission rates used outside of the U.S. and Japan from 51.84 Mb/s to 40
Gb/s that allows the interconnection of transmission products around the world.
SDH is the standard technology for synchronous data transmission on optical media. It is the
international equivalent of Synchronous Optical Network (SONET). Both SDH and SONET
technologies provide faster and less costly network interconnection than traditional
Plesiochronous Digital Hierarchy (PDH) equipment.
Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
A North-American standard developed by Telecordia and adapted by ANSI for the optical
long-distance networks.
SONET is the interface standard for synchronous optical-fiber transmission, applicable to the
physical layer of the OSI reference model. SONET has a basic bit rate of 51.840 mB/s, called
OC-1, that is used to define higher rates (OC-3, OC-12, OC-48, and so on) carried as a channel on
an optical fiber.
synchronous signal
The basic logical building block signal with a rate of 51.840 Mb/s for an STS-1 signal and a rate
of n times 51.840 Mb/s for an STS-n signal (where n is a numeric).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
tap
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
TCP
A suite of several networking protocols developed for the Internet that provides communication
across interconnected networks, between computers with diverse hardware architectures and
various operating systems. Some examples are FTP, SMTP, and SNMP.
TDM
Noise resulting from thermally induced random fluctuation in the receiver's load resistance
current.
threshold crossing alert (TCA)
A condition set when a counter exceeds a user-selected high or low threshold. A TCA does not
generate an alarm but is available on demand through the CIT.
TID
A multiplexing technique whereby two or more channels are derived from a transmission medium
by dividing access to the medium into sequential intervals. Each channel has access to the entire
bandwidth of the medium during its interval. This implies that one transmitter uses one channel to
send several bit streams of information.
TL1 (Transaction language 1)
An OS/NE machine-to-machine language. TL1 messages are expressed as ASCII strings. TL1
messages and syntax are defined by Telecordia.
TMN
The pattern of interconnections between nodes in a network, such as a ring or hub. A network
topology database contains information regarding each link in the network.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-29
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
traffic grooming
A protocol used with the Internet Protocol to send data in the form of message units between
computers over the Internet. While IP handles the actual delivery of the data, TCP keeps track of
the individual units of data (called packets) that a message is divided into for efficient routing
through the Internet.
traps (SNMP)
SNMP traps are unacknowledged events sent from an agent to a manager. In a 1830
PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16/PSS-4 network, the agent is the node and the manager is EMS.
tunable optical add/drop multiplexer (TOADM)
A tunable ROADM that yields the ultimate in operational flexibility, especially when used in
conjunction with transponders with tunable wavelength lasers.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
UDP
A U.S. non-profit privately owned and operated product safety testing and certification
organization. Develops standards and test procedures for products, materials, components,
assemblies, tools and equipment, chiefly dealing with product safety.
unidirectional path-switched ring (UPSR)
A survivable, closed loop transport architecture that protects against cable cuts and node failures
by providing duplicate, geographically diverse paths for each service. Adjacent nodes on the ring
are interconnected using a single pair of optical fibers. One fiber transports traffic in one direction
(for example, clockwise), while the second fiber transports traffic in the opposite direction (for
example, counterclockwise). In a UPSR, the source node bridges its outgoing traffic along
opposite directions around the ring (on paths provided by SONET synchronous transport
channels). In contrast to BLSR, a UPSR:
requires less coordination from source to destination (because the destination network
element can make all its decisions without involving the source)
UPSR
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A minimal, datagram-oriented, transport network protocol above the IP network layer that does
not guarantee data ordering or delivery. Because it is datagram-oriented, each send operation by
the application results in the transmission of a single IP datagram. This contrasts with the
Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) which is byte stream oriented and guarantees the delivery
and ordering of the bytes sent. Because it is a byte stream oriented, a single send operation may
result in a no IP datagrams (buffering), a single IP datagram, or multiple IP datagrams.
user services
Services that the network provider can sell to their customers, such as Ethernet service.
UTC
A device used to set the attenuation of the power received over a fiber to a level required by the
receiving equipment.
VCAT
A SONET/SDH interface that provides a low-cost interconnection solution of less than 300
meters between routers, switches, and DWDM systems.
virtual concatenation (VCAT)
Defines an inverse multiplexing procedure whereby the contiguous bandwidth is broken into
individual Virtual Containers (VC) at the source transmitter and logically represented in a Virtual
Concatenation Group (VCG). VCG members are transported as individual VCs across the
SONET/SDH network and recombined at the destination VCG receiver. While contiguous
concatenation requires concatenation functionality at each network element, virtual concatenation
do not.
virtual time-slot (VTS)
1830 PSS-1 GBE Edge Device has a fixed assignment of 10 Virtual Time Slots to each line port.
VOA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-31
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WDM merges optical traffic onto one common fiber, sending several signals through one fiber
with different wavelengths of light. WDM allows flexibility in expanding bandwidth. It reduces
costly mux/demux function, and it reuses existing optical signals.See dense wave division
multiplexing (DWDM).
wave key
A component of the Wavelength Tracker monitoring capability that is used to identify individual
wavelengths through the network.
A wave key is a number between 1 and 2048. Each WDM wavelength in a 1830 PSS-32 network
is uniquely identified by a pair of wave keys.
waveguide
The distance between points of corresponding phase of two consecutive cycles of a wave,
typically measured in nanometers (nm). The wavelength is related to the propagation velocity and
the frequency. (Also called lambda.)
wavelength growth
A type of growth in which all eight wavelengths are added to a single line before more lines are
added.
Wavelength Tracker monitoring capability
Wavelength Tracker monitoring capability is a patented feature of 1830 PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS16/PSS-4 which allows for the tracking of wavelengths through the 1830 PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS16/PSS-4 network, and for the measuring of the wavelengths' optical power levels at certain
points along their paths.
WaveWrapper
The termination points and signal type of a service that is to be carried by the WDM network.
WDM line
A contiguous series of spans terminated by a ROADM at each end. A WDM line can be a single
span or a series of spans joined by the in-line amplifiers (ILAs).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-32
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A computer interface that provides web-based access to the network element (NE).
WebUI
A pluggable optical transceiver module that combines transmitter and receiver functions in one
compact, flexible, and low cost package format. Up to sixteen XFP modules can be arranged on a
typical rack card, allowing for an unprecedented level of data density. XFP is protocol
independent, are can support OC-192/STM-64, 10 Gigabit Ethernet, 10 Gigabit Fibre Channel,
and G.709 data streams in routers, switches and network cards. Reaches ranging from Very Short
Reach (VSR) to Long Reach (LR) can also be supported.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y-coupler
A coupler that has three waveguide legs joined at the center in a "Y" shape which connects an
input port to two output ports or two input ports to a single output port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
An NE-imbedded graphical user interface (GUI) application for local operation and maintenance.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-33
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16/PSS-4
GL-34
8DG60888CAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011